WO2013074594A1 - Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitors with braf inhibitors - Google Patents

Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitors with braf inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013074594A1
WO2013074594A1 PCT/US2012/064967 US2012064967W WO2013074594A1 WO 2013074594 A1 WO2013074594 A1 WO 2013074594A1 US 2012064967 W US2012064967 W US 2012064967W WO 2013074594 A1 WO2013074594 A1 WO 2013074594A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cancer
optionally substituted
nrioru
melanoma
plx
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2012/064967
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
David Proia
Jaime Acquaviva
Original Assignee
Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. filed Critical Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp.
Priority to JP2014542393A priority Critical patent/JP2014533299A/en
Priority to EP12794829.7A priority patent/EP2780010A1/en
Priority to US14/356,232 priority patent/US9402831B2/en
Priority to AU2012339679A priority patent/AU2012339679A1/en
Priority to CA2854188A priority patent/CA2854188A1/en
Publication of WO2013074594A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013074594A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/437Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a five-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. indolizine, beta-carboline
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41961,2,4-Triazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00

Definitions

  • HSPs Heat shock proteins
  • HSPs are a class of chaperone proteins that are up-regulated in response to elevated temperature and other environmental stresses, such as ultraviolet light, nutrient deprivation and oxygen deprivation. HSPs act as chaperones to other cellular proteins (called client proteins), facilitate their proper folding and repair and aid in the refolding of misfolded client proteins.
  • client proteins There are several known families of HSPs, each having its own set of client proteins.
  • the Hsp90 family is one of the most abundant HSP families accounting for about 1-2% of proteins in a cell that is not under stress and increasing to about 4-6% in a cell under stress. Inhibition of Hsp90 results in the degradation of its client proteins via the ubiquitin proteasome pathway.
  • the client proteins of Hsp90 are mostly protein kinases or transcription factors involved in signal transduction, and a number of its client proteins have been shown to be involved in the progression of cancer.
  • the present invention provides a method of utilizing Hsp90 inhibitors according to formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 for the treatment of proliferative disorders, such as cancer, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor.
  • the method includes treating a subject with cancer comprising the step of administering to the subject an Hsp90 inhibitor according to formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 and a BRAF inhibitor.
  • the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done concurrently.
  • the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done sequentially.
  • the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are dosed independently.
  • the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor may be a compound represented in Tables 1 or 2.
  • the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX-4032.
  • the cancer may have mutations or translocations in the EGFR, K-Ras, c-Met, HER2, B-Raf, PI3K and/or ALK proteins.
  • the cancer may express wild-type EGFR and K-Ras.
  • the cancer may express mutated EGFR and wild type K-Ras.
  • the cancer may express wild-type EGFR and mutated K-Ras protein.
  • the cancer may be ALK positive (" ALK+" .)
  • the cancer may have the EML4-ALK
  • the cancer may have the HER2 mutation. In some embodiments, the cancer may have a mutation in PI3K. In some embodiments, the cancer may have a B-Raf protein mutation.
  • the present invention also provides kits for administration of the combination therapy.
  • the kit includes separate pharmaceutical compositions containing the Hsp90 inhibitor according to formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, and a BRAF inhibitor.
  • the kit includes one pharmaceutical composition containing both the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor.
  • each pharmaceutical composition includes one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor may be a compound represented in Tables 1 or 2.
  • the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX-4032.
  • the invention includes use of an Hsp90 inhibitor according to formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 for the manufacture of a medicament for treating cancer in combination with a BRAF inhibitor.
  • the method includes the treatment of drug-resistant cancer in a subject by administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical combination comprising an Hsp90 compound according to formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 and a BRAF inhibitor.
  • the method further comprises the administration of one or more therapeutic agents in addition to the pharmaceutical combination of an Hsp90 compound according to formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 and a BRAF inhibitor.
  • the combination treatment utilizing an Hsp90 compound according to formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 with a BRAF inhibitor to help to arrest, partially or fully, or reduce the development of drug resistant cancer in a subject.
  • the combinations described herein may allow a reduced dose of the BRAF inhibitor given to a subject, because the Hsp90 inhibitor should inhibit the development of multidrug resistant cancerous cells.
  • the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX-4032.
  • Figure 1 shows western blot analysis of indicated analytes in A375 cells treated with ganetespib (referred to as "Compound 1") or BEZ235 for 24 hr at indicated
  • Figure 2 shows western blot analysis of indicated analytes in A375 cells treated with ganetespib for 24 hr at indicated concentrations.
  • Figure 3 shows western blot analysis of indicated analytes in A375 cells treated with ganetespib, PLX-4032 or AZD6244 for 24 hr at indicated concentrations.
  • Figure 4 shows cytotoxicity assessment in A375 cells treated with ganetespib, PLX-4032 or their combinations for 72 hr.
  • Figure 5 shows western blot analysis of indicated analytes in RPMI-7951 cells treated with ganetespib, AZD6244, or PLX-4032 for 24 hr at indicated concentrations.
  • Figure 6 shows significant in vivo treatment result by the combination of ganetespib with PLX4032 after A375 xenograft implantation.
  • alkyl means a saturated or unsaturated, straight chain or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Representative straight chain alkyls include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n- octyl, n-nonyl and n-decyl; while representative branched alkyls include isopropyl, sec- butyl, isobutyl, teri-butyl, isopentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3- methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 2-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 4-methylhexyl, 5-methylhexyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,
  • (Ci-C6)alkyl means a saturated, straight chain or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Alkyl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • unsaturated alkyls include vinyl, allyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, isobutylenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-methyl-l- butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 1- heptenyl, 2-heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 2-octenyl, 3-octenyl, 1-nonenyl, 2-nonenyl, 3- nonenyl, 1-decenyl, 2-decenyl, 3-decenyl, acetylenyl, propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 1- pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-methyl-l-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexyn
  • cycloalkyl means a saturated or unsaturated, mono- or poly cyclic, non-aromatic hydrocarbon having from 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Representative cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, octahydropentalenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclohexynyl, and the like. Cycloalkyl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • alkylene refers to an alkyl group that has two points of attachment.
  • (Ci-C6)alkylene refers to an alkylene group that has from one to six carbon atoms.
  • Straight chain (Ci-Ce)alkylene groups are preferred.
  • Non-limiting examples of alkylene groups include methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), n-propylene
  • Alkylene groups may be saturated or unsaturated, and may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • lower refers to a group having up to four atoms.
  • a “lower alkyl” refers to an alkyl radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • “lower alkoxy” refers to "-0-(Ci-C4)alkyl.
  • haloalkyl means an alkyl group, in which one or more, including all, the hydrogen radicals are replaced by a halo group(s), wherein each halo group is independently selected from -F, -CI, -Br, and -I.
  • halomethyl means a methyl in which one to three hydrogen radical(s) have been replaced by a halo group.
  • Representative haloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl, bromomethyl, 1,2-dichloroethyl, 4-iodobutyl, 2-fluoropentyl, and the like.
  • alkoxy is an alkyl group which is attached to another moiety via an oxygen linker. Alkoxy groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • haloalkoxy is a haloalkyl group which is attached to another moiety via an oxygen linker.
  • an "aromatic ring” or “aryl” means a mono- or polycyclic hydrocarbon, containing from 6 to 15 carbon atoms, in which at least one ring is aromatic.
  • suitable aryl groups include phenyl, tolyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, azulenyl, and naphthyl, as well as benzo-fused carbocyclic moieties such as 5,6,7,8- tetrahydronaphthyl.
  • Aryl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • the aryl group is a monocyclic ring, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as "(C 6 )aryl.”
  • aralkyl means an aryl group that is attached to another group by a (Ci-Ce)alkylene group.
  • Representative aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenyl- ethyl, naphth-3-yl-methyl and the like.
  • Aralkyl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • heterocyclyl means a monocyclic or a polycyclic, saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic ring or ring system which typically contains 5- to 20-members and at least one heteroatom.
  • a heterocyclic ring system can contain saturated ring(s) or unsaturated non-aromatic ring(s), or a mixture thereof.
  • a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle can contain up to 5 heteroatoms, and a 7- to 20-membered heterocycle can contain up to 7 heteroatoms.
  • a heterocycle has at least one carbon atom ring member.
  • Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be oxidized (e.g., N(O)) or quaternized, oxygen and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone.
  • the heterocycle may be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom.
  • heterocycles include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyrindinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.
  • a heteroatom may be substituted with a protecting group known to those of ordinary skill in the art, for example, a nitrogen atom may be substituted with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group.
  • the heterocyclyl included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents. Only stable isomers of such substituted heterocyclic groups are contemplated in this definition.
  • heteroaryl means a monocyclic or a poly cyclic, unsaturated radical containing at least one heteroatom, in which at least one ring is aromatic.
  • Poly cyclic heteroaryl rings must contain at least one heteroatom, but not all rings of a poly cyclic heteroaryl moiety must contain heteroatoms.
  • Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be oxidized (e.g., N(O)) or quaternized, oxygen and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone.
  • heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, 1-oxo-pyridyl, furanyl, benzo[l,3]dioxolyl, benzo[l,4]dioxinyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, an isoxazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, a triazinyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoquinolinyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzofuryl, indolizinyl, imidazopyridyl, tetrazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, indolyl, tetrahydroindo
  • heteroaryl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • (Cs)heteroaryl means an heteroaromatic ring of 5 members, wherein at least one carbon atom of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom, such as, for example, oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen.
  • (Cs)heteroaryls include furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazinyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and the like.
  • (C6)heteroaryl means an aromatic heterocyclic ring of 6 members, wherein at least one carbon atom of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, for example, oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur.
  • Representative (Ce)heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, and the like.
  • heteroarylkyl means a heteroaryl group that is attached to another group by a (Ci-Ce)alkylene.
  • Representative heteroaralkyls include 2- (pyridin-4-yl)-propyl, 2-(thien-3-yl)-ethyl, imidazol-4-yl-methyl, and the like.
  • Heteroaralkyl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • halogen or halo means -F, -CI, -Br or -I.
  • Suitable substituents for an alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl groups include are those substituents which form a stable compound described herein without significantly adversely affecting the reactivity or biological activity of the compound described herein.
  • substituents for an alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl include an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, heteraralkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, (each of which can be optionally and independently substituted), -C(0)NR 28 R 29 , -C(S)NR 28 R 29 , -C(NR 32 )NR 28 R 29 , -NR 33 C(0)R 31 , -NR 33 C(S)R 31 , -NR 33 C(NR 32 )R 31 , halo, -OR 33 , cyano, nitro, -C(0)R 33 , -C(S)R 33 ,
  • Each R 28 and R 29 is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, or heteraralkyl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, or heteroalkyl represented by R 28 or R 29 is optionally and independently substituted.
  • Each R 30 , R 31 and R 33 is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, or heteraralkyl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, and heteraralkyl represented by R 30 or R 31 or R 33 is optionally and independently unsubstituted.
  • Each R 32 is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, heteraralkyl, -C(0)R 33 , -C(0)NR 28 R 29 , -S(0)3 ⁇ 4R 33 , or -S(0)kNR 28 R 29 , wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl and heteraralkyl represented by R 32 is optionally and independently substituted.
  • the variable k is 0, 1 or 2.
  • suitable substituents include C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, halo, or hydroxyl.
  • heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl group contains a nitrogen atom, it may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • nitrogen atom in the aromatic ring of a heteroaryl group has a substituent, the nitrogen may be oxidized or a quaternary nitrogen.
  • the compounds described herein containing reactive functional groups also include corresponding protected derivatives thereof.
  • Protected derivatives are those compounds in which a reactive site or sites are blocked with one ore more protecting groups.
  • suitable protecting groups for hydroxyl groups include benzyl, methoxymethyl, allyl, trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, acetate, and the like.
  • suitable amine protecting groups include benzyloxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, tert- butyl, benzyl and fluorenylmethyloxy-carbonyl (Fmoc).
  • thiol protecting groups examples include benzyl, tert-butyl, acetyl, methoxymethyl and the like.
  • Other suitable protecting groups are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and include those found in T. W. GREENE, PROTECTING GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS, (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1981).
  • the term "compound(s) described herein” or similar terms refers to a compound of formulae (I), or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 or a tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Also included in the scope of the embodiments are a solvate, clathrate, hydrate, polymorph, prodrug, or protected derivative of a compound of formulae (I), or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2.
  • the compounds described herein may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers or diastereomers.
  • stereoisomers such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers or diastereomers.
  • Each chemical structure shown herein, including the compounds described herein encompass all of the corresponding compound' enantiomers, diastereomers and geometric isomers, that is, both the stereochemically pure form (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and isomeric mixtures (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric and geometric isomeric mixtures).
  • one enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer will possess superior activity or an improved toxicity or kinetic profile compared to other isomers. In those cases, such enantiomers, diastereomers and geometric isomers of compounds described herein are preferred.
  • solvates e.g., hydrates
  • Solvates refer to crystalline forms wherein solvent molecules are incorporated into the crystal lattice during crystallization.
  • Solvates may include water or nonaqueous solvents such as ethanol, isopropanol, DMSO, acetic acid, ethanolamine and ethyl acetate.
  • water is the solvent molecule incorporated into the crystal lattice of a solvate, it is typically referred to as a "hydrate”. Hydrates include stoichiometric hydrates as well as compositions containing variable amounts of water.
  • the compound including solvates thereof, may exist in crystalline forms, non-crystalline forms or a mixture thereof.
  • the compounds or solvates may also exhibit polymorphism (i.e., the capacity to occur in different crystalline forms). These different crystalline forms are typically known as "polymorphs.”
  • polymorphs typically known as "polymorphs.”
  • the disclosed compounds and solvates e.g., hydrates
  • Polymorphs have the same chemical composition but differ in packing, geometrical arrangement and other descriptive properties of the crystalline solid state. Polymorphs, therefore, may have different physical properties such as shape, density, hardness, deformability, stability and dissolution properties.
  • Polymorphs typically exhibit different melting points, IR spectra and X-ray powder diffraction patterns, which may be used for identification.
  • different polymorphs may be produced, for example, by changing or adjusting the conditions used in crystallizing the compound. For example, changes in temperature, pressure or solvent may result in different polymorphs.
  • one polymorph may spontaneously convert to another polymorph under certain conditions.
  • inclusion compounds of the compound or its
  • “Clathrate” means a compound described herein, or a salt thereof, in the form of a crystal lattice that contains spaces (e.g., channels) that have a guest molecule trapped within (e.g., a solvent or water).
  • prodrug means a derivative of a compound that can hydrolyze, oxidize, or otherwise react under biological conditions (in vitro or in vivo) to provide a compound described herein. Prodrugs may become active upon such reaction under biological conditions, or they may have activity in their unreacted forms.
  • prodrugs contemplated herein include analogs or derivatives of compounds of formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 that comprise biohydrolyzable moieties such as biohydrolyzable amides, biohydrolyzable esters, biohydrolyzable carbamates, biohydrolyzable carbonates, biohydrolyzable ureides and phosphate analogues.
  • Prodrugs can typically be prepared using well-known methods, such as those described by BURGER'S MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY AND DRUG DISCOVERY, (Manfred E. Wolff Ed., 5 th ed. (1995)) 172-178, 949-982.
  • the terms “subject”, “patient” and “mammal” are used interchangeably.
  • the terms “subject” and “patient” refer to an animal (e.g., a bird such as a chicken, quail or turkey, or a mammal), preferably a mammal including a non-primate (e.g., a cow, pig, horse, sheep, rabbit, guinea pig, rat, cat, dog, and mouse) and a primate (e.g., a monkey, chimpanzee and a human), and more preferably a human.
  • a non-primate e.g., a cow, pig, horse, sheep, rabbit, guinea pig, rat, cat, dog, and mouse
  • a primate e.g., a monkey, chimpanzee and a human
  • the subject is a non-human animal such as a farm animal (e.g., a horse, cow, pig or sheep), or a pet (e.g., a dog, cat, guinea pig or rabbit). In another embodiment, the subject is a human.
  • a farm animal e.g., a horse, cow, pig or sheep
  • a pet e.g., a dog, cat, guinea pig or rabbit.
  • the subject is a human.
  • Hsp90 includes each member of the family of heat shock proteins having a mass of about 90-kiloDaltons.
  • the highly conserved Hsp90 family includes the cytosolic Hsp90 and Hsp90[3 isoforms, as well as GRP94, which is found in the endoplasmic reticulum, and HSP75/TRAP1, which is found in the mitochondrial matrix.
  • the Raf family of proto-oncogenes was first identified when C-raf was discovered due to its homology with v-raf, the transforming gene of the mouse sarcoma virus 3611.
  • A-raf was later discovered by screening a cDNA library under low stringency conditions using a v-raf probe, and B-raf was discovered due to its homology with C-Rmil, a transforming gene in avian retrovirus Mill Hill No. 2.
  • the Raf family of proteins is involved in the Ras/Raf/MEK/ERK pathway, referred to herein as the "MAP kinase pathway” (MEK stands for “MAPK/ERK kinase” and ERK stands for “extracellularly regulated kinases”), which has been implicated in the genesis and progression of many human cancers through upregulation of cell division and proliferation. All raf proteins are serine/threonine kinases which are capable of activating the MAP kinase pathway.
  • B-raf is far more potent at activating this pathway than A-raf or C-raf, and mutations in the gene encoding B-raf are more common in cancer.
  • B-raf mutations have been identified in 60% to 70% of malignant melanomas, 83% of anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, 35% to 69% of papillary thyroid carcinoma, 4% to 16% of colon cancer, 63% of low-grade ovarian carcinoma, 15% of Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, 4% of acute myeloid leukemia, 3-4.8% of head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, 2%-3% of non-small- cell lung cancer, 2% of gastric carcinoma, 2% of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and has been reported in glioma, sarcoma, breast cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, and liver cancer.
  • B-raf Most mutations in B-raf that have been found in human cancers are point mutations that occur in the kinase domain and are clustered in exons 11 and 15 of the gene which contains several regulatory phosphorylation sites (S446, S447, D448, D449, T599, and S602). (Beeram, et at, journal of Clinical Oncology (2005), 23(27):6771-6790). The most prevalent mutation is the T1799A transversion mutation which accounts for more than 80% of mutations in the BRAF gene and results in a V600E mutation in B-raf.
  • V600E was formerly designated V599E (the gene mutation was designated T1796A) due to a mistake in the GenBank nucleotide sequence NM 004333.
  • the corrected GenBank sequence is NT 007914 and designates the protein mutation as V600E and the gene mutation as T1799A. This corrected numbering will be used herein.
  • This mutation is thought to mimic phosphorylation in the activation segment of B-raf since it inserts a negatively charged residue near two activating
  • B-raf mutants E586K and L597V were not sensitive to degradation when cells were treated with 17AAG. Therefore, it is believed that wild type B-raf in its activated form is a client protein of Hsp90 and that most mutated forms of B-raf are more dependent on Hsp90 for folding, stability and/or function than the wild type protein. (Dias, et ah, Cancer Res. (2005), 65(23): 10686-10691).
  • the B-raf inhibitors as used herein include PLX-4032 (vemurafenib, CAS No.: 918504-65-1), GDC-0879 (CAS No.: 905281-76-7), PLX-4720 (CAS No.: 918505-84-7), and sorafenib (Nexavar®) (CAS No.: 475207- 59-1).
  • c-Kit or "c-Kit kinase” refers to a membrane receptor protein tyrosine kinase which is preferably activated upon binding Stem Cell Factor (SCF) to its extracellular domain.
  • SCF Stem Cell Factor
  • c-Kit or "c-Kit kinase” and include those that fall into two classes: (1) having a single amino acid substitution at codon 816 of the human c-Kit kinase, or its equivalent position in other species (Ma, et ah, J. Invest Dermatol., (1999) 222:165-170), and (2) those which have mutations involving the putative juxtamembrane z-helix of the protein (Ma, et ah, J. Biol. Chem., (1999) 274:13399-13402). Both of these publications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, including any drawings.
  • BCR-ABL is a fusion protein that results from the translocation of gene sequences from c-ABL protein tyrosine kinase on chromosome 9 into BCR sequences on chromosome 22 producing the Philadelphia chromosome.
  • a schematic representation of human BCR, ABL and BCR-ABL can be seen in Figure 1 of U.S. patent application serial number 10/193,651, filed on July 9, 2002.
  • BCR-ABL fusion proteins can vary in size from 185-230 kDa but they must contain at least the OLI domain from BCR and the TK domain from ABL for transforming activity.
  • the most common BCR-ABL gene products found in humans are P230 BCR-ABL, P210 BCR-ABL and P190 BCR-ABL.
  • P210 BCR-ABL is characteristic of CML and P190 BCR-ABL is characteristic of ALL.
  • FLT3 kinase is a tyrosine kinase receptor involved in the regulation and stimulation of cellular proliferation. Gilliland, et ah, Blood (2002), 200:1532-42.
  • the FLT3 kinase has five immunoglobulin-like domains in its extracellular region, as well as an insert region of 75-100 amino acids in the middle of its cytoplasmic domain. FLT3 kinase is activated upon the binding of the FLT3 ligand which causes receptor dimerization.
  • Dimerization of the FLT3 kinase by FLT3 ligand activates the intracellular kinase activity as well as a cascade of downstream substrates including Stat5, Ras, phosphatidylinositol-3- kinase (PI3K), Erk2, Akt, MAPK, SHC, SHP2 and SHIP. Rosnet, et al, Acta Haematol. (1996), 95:218; Hayakawa, et al, Oncogene (2000), 29:624; Mizuki, et al, Blood (2000), 96:3907;
  • Normal cells that express FLT3 kinase include immature hematopoietic cells, typically CD34+ cells, placenta, gonads and brain. Rosnet, et al, Blood (1993), ⁇ 2:1110-19; Small, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. (1994), 92:459-63; Rosnet, et al, Leukemia (1996), 20:238-48.
  • efficient stimulation of proliferation via FLT3 kinase typically requires other hematopoietic growth factors or interleukins.
  • FLT3 kinase also plays a critical role in immune function through its regulation of dendritic cell proliferation and differentiation.
  • FLT3 kinase Numerous hematologic malignancies express FLT3 kinase, the most prominent of which is AML. Yokota, et al, Leukemia (1997), 22:1605- 09. Other FLT3 expressing malignancies include B-precursor cell acute lymphoblastic leukemias, myelodysplastic leukemias, T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemias, and chronic myelogenous leukemias. Rasko, et al, Leukemia (1995), 9:2058-66.
  • FLT3 kinase mutations associated with hematologic malignancies are activating mutations.
  • the FLT3 kinase is constitutively activated without the need for binding and dimerization by FLT3 ligand, and therefore stimulates the cell to grow continuously.
  • Two types of activating mutations have been identified: internal tandem duplications (ITDs) and point mutation in the activating loop of the kinase domain.
  • ITDs internal tandem duplications
  • FLT3 kinase refers to both wild type FLT3 kinase and mutant FLT3 kinases, such as FLT3 kinases that have activating mutations.
  • Inappropriate FLT3 activity includes, but is not limited to, enhanced FLT3 activity resulting from increased or de novo expression of FLT3 in cells, increased FLT3 expression or activity and FLT3 mutations resulting in constitutive activation.
  • the existence of inappropriate or abnormal FLT3 ligand and FLT3 levels or activity can be determined using well known methods in the art. For example, abnormally high FLT3 levels can be determined using commercially available ELISA kits. FLT3 levels can also be determined using flow cytometric analysis, immunohistochemical analysis and in situ hybridization techniques.
  • Epidermal growth factor receptor or "EGFR”, as used herein, means any epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) protein, peptide, or polypeptide having EGFR or EGFR family activity (e.g., Herl, Her2, Her3 and/or Her4), such as encoded by EGFR Genbank Accession Nos. shown in Table I of U.S. Patent Application No. 10/923,354, filed on August 20, 2004, or any other EGFR transcript derived from a EGFR gene and/or generated by EGFR translocation.
  • EGFR epidermal growth factor receptor
  • EGFR is also meant to include other EGFR protein, peptide, or polypeptide derived from EGFR isoforms (e.g., Herl, Her2, Her3 and/or Her4), mutant EGFR genes, splice variants of EGFR genes, and EGFR gene polymorphisms.
  • EGFR is a member of the type 1 subgroup of receptor tyrosine kinase family of growth factor receptors which play critical roles in cellular growth, differentiation and survival. Activation of these receptors typically occurs via specific ligand binding which results in hetero- or homodimerization between receptor family members, with subsequent autophosphorylation of the tyrosine kinase domain.
  • Specific ligands which bind to EGFR include epidermal growth factor (EGF), transforming growth factor a (TGF ), amphiregulin and some viral growth factors.
  • EGFR Activation of EGFR triggers a cascade of intracellular signaling pathways involved in both cellular proliferation (the ras/raf/MAP kinase pathway) and survival (the PI3 kinase/Akt pathway).
  • ras/raf/MAP kinase pathway the ras/raf/MAP kinase pathway
  • survival the PI3 kinase/Akt pathway
  • EGFR Aberrant or overexpression of EGFR has been associated with an adverse prognosis in a number of human cancers, including head and neck, breast, colon, prostate, lung (e.g., NSCLC, adenocarcinoma and squamous lung cancer), ovarian, gastrointestinal cancers (gastric, colon, pancreatic), renal cell cancer, bladder cancer, glioma, gynecological carcinomas and prostate cancer.
  • overexpression of tumor EGFR has been correlated with both chemoresistance and a poor prognosis.
  • Mutations in EGFR are associated with many types of cancer as well. For example, EGFR mutations are highly prevalent in non-mucinous BAC patients. Finberg, et al., /. Mol. Diagnostics (2007) 9(3):
  • c-Met is a receptor tyrosine kinase that is encoded by the Met protooncogene and transduces the biological effects of hepatocyte growth factor (HGF), which is also referred to as scatter factor (SF).
  • HGF hepatocyte growth factor
  • SF scatter factor
  • c-Met and HGF are required for normal mammalian development and have been shown to be important in cell migration, cell proliferation and survival, morphogenic differentiation, and organization of 3-dimensional tubular structures (e.g., renal tubular cells, gland formation, etc.).
  • the c-Met receptor has been shown to be expressed in a number of human cancers.
  • c-Met and its ligand, HGF have also been shown to be co-expressed at elevated levels in a variety of human cancers
  • c-Met signaling is most commonly regulated by tumor-stroma (tumor- host) interactions.
  • c-Met gene amplification, mutation, and rearrangement have been observed in a subset of human cancers. Families with germine mutations that activate c-Met kinase are prone to multiple kidney tumors as well as tumors in other tissues. Numerous studies have correlated the expression of c-Met and/or HGF/SF with the state of disease progression of different types of cancer (including lung, colon, breast, prostate, liver, pancreas, brain, kidney, ovaries, stomach, skin, and bone cancers). Furthermore, the overexpression of c-Met or HGF have been shown to correlate with poor prognosis and disease outcome in a number of major human cancers including lung, liver, gastric, and breast.
  • the anaplastic lymphoma kinase (ALK) tyrosine kinase receptor is an enzyme that in humans is encoded by the ALK gene.
  • the 2;5 chromosomal translocation is frequently associated with anaplastic large cell lymphomas (ALCLs).
  • the translocation creates a fusion gene consisting of the ALK (anaplastic lymphoma kinase) gene and the nucleophosmin (NPM) gene: the 3' half of ALK, derived from chromosome 2, is fused to the 5' portion of NPM from chromosome 5.
  • the product of the NPM-ALK fusion gene is oncogenic.
  • Other possible translocations of the ALK gene such as the eml4 translocation, are also implicated in cancer.
  • ALK anaplastic lymphoma kinase
  • EML4-ALK and KIF5B-ALK translocations have been found in non-small cell lung cancer. See. e.g. Mano H., Cancer Sci. 2008 Dec;99(12):2349-55; Takeuchi K et al., Clin Cancer Res. 2009 May l;15(9):3143-9.
  • CLTC-ALK mutation has been found in DLBCL. See e.g. Rudzki Z et al., Pol J Pathol. 2005; 56 (l):37-45.
  • NPM-ALK, MSN-ALK, and other mutations have been found in ALCL. See e.g. Lamant L et al., Genes Chromosomes Cancer. 2003 Aug; 37 (4):427-32; Webb TR et al. Expert Rev Anticancer Ther 2009 Mar;
  • TPM4-ALK mutation has been found in esophageal squamous cell carcinoma (ESCC). See e.g. Li R, Morris SW., Med Res Rev. 2008 May; 28 (3):372-412. F1174L, R1275Q, and other point mutations have been found in NBL. See e.g. van Roy N et al. Genome Med 2009 July 27; 1 (7):74. TPM3-ALK, TPM4-ALK, CLTC-ALK, RanBP2-ALK, and TPM4-ALK mutations have been found in IMT. See e.g. Gleason BC, Hornick JL. J Clin Pathol 2008 Apr;61(4):428-37. The methods of detection and identification of these alterations, mutations or rearrangements in an ALK gene or gene product can be found in those above-identified references and references cited therein.
  • the KRAS oncogene (the cellular homolog of the Kirsten rat sarcoma virus gene) is a critical gene in the development of a variety of cancers, and the mutation status of this gene is an important characteristic of many cancers. Mutation status of the gene can provide diagnostic, prognostic and predictive information for several cancers.
  • the KRAS gene is a member of a family of genes (KRAS, NRAS and HRAS). KRAS is a member of the RAS family of oncogenes, a collection of small guanosine triphosphate (GTP)-binding proteins that integrate extracellular cues and activate intracellular signaling pathways to regulate cell proliferation, differentiation, and survival.
  • GTP small guanosine triphosphate
  • KRAS Gain-of-function mutations that confer transforming capacity are frequently observed in KRAS, predominantly arising as single amino acid substitutions at amino acid residues G12, G13 or Q61.
  • Constitutive activation of KRAS leads to the persistent stimulation of downstream signaling pathways that promote tumorigenesis, including the RAF/MEK/ERK and PI3K/AKT/mTOR cascades.
  • KRAS mutations are highly prevalent (20-30%) and are associated with unfavorable clinical outcomes. Mutations in KRAS appear mutually exclusive with those in EGFR in NSCLC tumors; more importantly, they can account for primary resistance to targeted EGFR TKI therapies. Mutations in the KRAS gene are common in many types of cancer, including pancreatic cancer (-65%), colon cancer (-40%), lung cancer (-20%) and ovarian cancer (-15%).
  • Thresholds of increased expression that constitute an EGFR mutation or an ALK mutation are well known in the art. Moreover, it is generally recognized that once an EGFR mutation is detected in a cancer, the KRAS mutation will be eliminated in the same cancer. Put reversely, if a KRAS mutation is positively identified in a cancer from a subject, it is then not necessary to engage in any further EGFR related identification. Similar principle can be applied to an ALK mutation in a cancer. That is if there is an ALK mutation detected in a cancer, it is extremely rare that an EGFR or KRAS mutation will be implicated. Stated another way, once an ALK mutation is positively identified in a cancer, no further identification is necessary either for EGFR mutation or for KRAS mutation in the same cancer.
  • a "proliferative disorder” or a “hyperproliferative disorder,” and other equivalent terms, means a disease or medical condition involving pathological growth of cells.
  • Proliferative disorders include cancer, smooth muscle cell proliferation, systemic sclerosis, cirrhosis of the liver, adult respiratory distress syndrome, idiopathic
  • cardiomyopathy lupus erythematosus, retinopathy, (e.g., diabetic retinopathy or other retinopathies), cardiac hyperplasia, reproductive system associated disorders such as benign prostatic hyperplasia and ovarian cysts, pulmonary fibrosis, endometriosis, fibromatosis, harmatomas, lymphangiomatosis, sarcoidosis and desmoid tumors.
  • Non-cancerous proliferative disorders also include hyperproliferation of cells in the skin such as psoriasis and its varied clinical forms, Reiter's syndrome, pityriasis rubra pilaris, hyperproliferative variants of disorders of keratinization (e.g., actinic keratosis, senile keratosis), scleroderma, and the like.
  • the proliferative disorder is cancer.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a proliferative disorder in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the combination of an Hsp90 inhibitor and a BRAF inhibitor as described herein.
  • the proliferative disorder is cancer.
  • the cancer may be breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, or colon cancer.
  • the cancer may be solid cancer, gastric cancer, bladder cancer, ovarian cancer, melanoma, or colorectal cancer.
  • the cancer may be colon cancer.
  • the cancer may be metastatic colorectal cancer.
  • the cancer may be bladder cancer.
  • the cancer may be solid cancer.
  • the cancer may be gastric cancer.
  • the cancer may be melanoma.
  • the melanoma may have a BRAF mutation.
  • the cancer may have a mutation or translocation in EGFR, K-ras, PI3K, ALK, HER2neu and/or B-raf proteins.
  • a cancer which initially responded to an anti-cancer drug becomes resistant to the anti-cancer drug when the anti-cancer drug is no longer effective in treating the subject with the cancer.
  • many tumors will initially respond to treatment with an anti-cancer drug by decreasing in size or even going into remission, only to develop resistance to the drug.
  • "Drug resistant" tumors are characterized by a resumption of their growth and/or reappearance after having seemingly gone into remission, despite the administration of increased dosages of the anti-cancer drug.
  • Cancers that have developed resistance to two or more anti-cancer drugs are said to be "multi-drug resistant". For example, it is common for cancers to become resistant to three or more anti-cancer agents, often five or more anticancer agents and at times ten or more anti-cancer agents.
  • Other anti-proliferative or anti-cancer therapies may be combined with the pharmaceutical combination of this invention to treat proliferative diseases and cancer.
  • Other therapies or anti-cancer agents that may be used in combination with the inventive anti-cancer agents of the present invention include surgery, radiotherapy (including, but not limited to, gamma-radiation, neutron beam radiotherapy, electron beam radiotherapy, proton therapy, brachytherapy, and systemic radioactive isotopes), endocrine therapy, biologic response modifiers (including, but not limited to, interferons, interleukins, and tumor necrosis factor (TNF)), hyperthermia and cryotherapy, agents to attenuate any adverse effects (e.g., antiemetics), and other approved chemotherapeutic drugs.
  • radiotherapy including, but not limited to, gamma-radiation, neutron beam radiotherapy, electron beam radiotherapy, proton therapy, brachytherapy, and systemic radioactive isotopes
  • endocrine therapy including, but not limited to,
  • the pharmaceutical combination described herein may be administered with one or more therapeutic agents selected from DFMO, vandetanib, trastuzumab, temodar, dexamethasone, epirubicin, ifosfamide, mitoxantrone, vorinostat, interferon alpha, rituximab, prednisone, cyclophosphamide, bendamustine, adriamycin, valproate, celecoxib, thalidomide, nelarabine, methotrexate, filgrastim, gemtuzumab ozogamicin, testosterone, clofarabine, cytarabine, everolimus, rituxumab, busulfan, capecitabine, pegfilgrastim, mesna, amrubicin, obatoclax, gefitinib, cyclosporine, dasatinib, temozolomide, thiotepa, pl
  • the one or more therapeutic agent is selected from erlotinib, bevacizumab, bortezomib, paclitaxel, doxorubicin, docetaxel, mitoxantrone, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil, leucovorin, pemetrexed and vincristine.
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt prepared from a compound of formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 having an acidic functional group, such as a carboxylic acid functional group, and a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic base.
  • Suitable bases include hydroxides of alkali metals such as sodium, potassium, and lithium; hydroxides of alkaline earth metal such as calcium and magnesium; hydroxides of other metals, such as aluminum and zinc; ammonia, and organic amines, such as unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted mono-, di-, or trialkylamines;
  • dicyclohexylamine tributyl amine
  • pyridine N-methyl,N-ethylamine
  • diethylamine diethylamine
  • triethylamine mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxy-lower alkyl amines), such as mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, 2-hydroxy-tert-butylamine, or tris-
  • N, N,-di-lower alkyl-N-(hydroxy lower alkyl)-amines such as N,N-dimethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, or tri-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine; N-methyl-D- glucamine; and amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and the like.
  • “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” also refers to a salt prepared from a compound of formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 having a basic functional group, such as an amine functional group, and a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid.
  • Suitable acids include hydrogen sulfate, citric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, hydrochloric acid (HC1), hydrogen bromide (HBr), hydrogen iodide (HI), nitric acid, hydrogen bisulfide, phosphoric acid, isonicotinic acid, oleic acid, tannic acid, pantothenic acid, saccharic acid, lactic acid, salicylic acid, tartaric acid, bitartratic acid, ascorbic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, besylic acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, glucaronic acid, formic acid, benzoic acid, glutamic acid, methane sulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, pamoic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • solvate is a solvate formed from the association of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules to one of the compounds of formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2.
  • solvate includes hydrates, e.g., hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate, and the like.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may contain inert ingredients which do not unduly inhibit the biological activity of the compound(s) described herein.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers should be biocompatible, i.e., non- toxic, noninflammatory, non-immunogenic and devoid of other undesired reactions upon the administration to a subject.
  • Standard pharmaceutical formulation techniques can be employed, such as those described in REMINGTON, J. P., REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES (Mack Pub. Co., 17 TH ed., 1985).
  • Suitable pharmaceutical carriers for parenteral administration include, for example, sterile water, physiological saline, bacteriostatic saline (saline containing about 0.9% mg/ml benzyl alcohol), phosphate-buffered saline, Hank's solution, Ringer's-lactate, and the like.
  • Methods for encapsulating compositions, such as in a coating of hard gelatin or cyclodextran, are known in the art. See BAKER, ETAL.,
  • the term "effective amount” refers to an amount of a compound described herein which is sufficient to reduce or ameliorate the severity, duration, progression, or onset of a disease or disorder, delay onset of a disease or disorder, retard or halt the advancement of a disease or disorder, cause the regression of a disease or disorder, prevent or delay the recurrence, development, onset or progression of a symptom associated with a disease or disorder, or enhance or improve the therapeutic effect(s) of another therapy.
  • the disease or disorder is a proliferative disorder.
  • the precise amount of compound administered to a subject will depend on the mode of administration, the type and severity of the disease or condition and on the characteristics of the subject, such as general health, age, sex, body weight and tolerance to drugs. For example, for a proliferative disease or disorder, determination of an effective amount will also depend on the degree, severity and type of cell proliferation. The skilled artisan will be able to determine appropriate dosages depending on these and other factors.
  • an "effective amount" of any additional therapeutic agent(s) will depend on the type of drug used.
  • Suitable dosages are known for approved therapeutic agents and can be adjusted by the skilled artisan according to the condition of the subject, the type of condition(s) being treated and the amount of a compound of the invention being used. In cases where no amount is expressly noted, an effective amount should be assumed. Non- limiting examples of an effective amount of a compound described herein are provided herein below.
  • the invention provides a method of treating, managing, or ameliorating a disease or disorder, e.g.
  • a proliferative disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a dose of the Hsp90 inhibitor at least 150 g/kg, at least 250 g/kg, at least 500 g/kg, at least 1 mg/kg, at least 5 mg/kg, at least 10 mg/kg, at least 25 mg/kg, at least 50 mg/kg, at least 75 mg/kg, at least 100 mg/kg, at least 125 mg/kg, at least 150 mg/kg, or at least 200 mg/kg or more of one or more compounds described herein once every day, once every 2 days, once every 3 days, once every 4 days, once every 5 days, once every 6 days, once every 7 days, once every 8 days, once every 10 days, once every two weeks, once every three weeks, or once a month.
  • the dosage of the individual BRAF inhibitors used in the pharmaceutical combination may be equal to or lower than the dose of an individual therapeutic agent when given independently to treat, manage, or ameliorate a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • the disease or disorder being treated with a combination therapy is a proliferative disorder.
  • the proliferative disorder is cancer.
  • the BRAF inhibitor PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg.
  • PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg.
  • PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg.
  • PLX- 4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily.
  • the recommended dosages of therapeutic agents currently used for the treatment, management, or amelioration of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, can obtained from any reference in the art.
  • the terms “treat”, “treatment” and “treating” refer to the reduction or amelioration of the progression, severity and/or duration of a disease or disorder, delay of the onset of a disease or disorder, or the amelioration of one or more symptoms (preferably, one or more discernible symptoms) of a disease or disorder, resulting from the administration of one or more therapies (e.g., one or more therapeutic agents such as a compound of the invention).
  • the terms “treat”, “treatment” and “treating” also encompass the reduction of the risk of developing a disease or disorder, and the delay or inhibition of the recurrence of a disease or disorder.
  • the disease or disorder being treated is a proliferative disorder such as cancer.
  • the terms “treat”, “treatment” and “treating” refer to the amelioration of at least one measurable physical parameter of a disease or disorder, such as growth of a tumor, not necessarily discernible by the patient.
  • the terms “treat”, “treatment” and “treating” refer to the inhibition of the progression of a disease or disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder, either physically by the stabilization of a discernible symptom, physiologically by the stabilization of a physical parameter, or both.
  • the terms “treat”, “treatment” and “treating” of a proliferative disease or disorder refers to the reduction or stabilization of tumor size or cancerous cell count, and/or delay of tumor formation.
  • the terms “treat”, “treating” and “treatment” also encompass the administration of a compound described herein as a prophylactic measure to patients with a predisposition (genetic or environmental) to any disease or disorder described herein.
  • a therapeutic agent refers to any agent(s) that can be used in the treatment of a disease or disorder, e.g. a proliferative disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • the term “therapeutic agent” refers to a compound described herein.
  • the term “therapeutic agent” does not refer to a compound described herein.
  • a therapeutic agent is an agent that is known to be useful for, or has been or is currently being used for the treatment of a disease or disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • the term "synergistic” refers to a combination of a compound described herein and another therapeutic agent, which, when taken together, is more effective than the additive effects of the individual therapies.
  • a synergistic effect of a combination of therapies permits the use of lower dosages of one or more of the therapeutic agent(s) and/or less frequent administration of the agent(s) to a subject with a disease or disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder.
  • a synergistic effect can result in improved efficacy of agents in the prevention, management or treatment of a disease or disorder, e.g. a proliferative disorder.
  • a synergistic effect of a combination of therapies may avoid or reduce adverse or unwanted side effects associated with the use of either therapeutic agent alone.
  • side effects encompasses unwanted and adverse effects of a therapeutic agent. Side effects are always unwanted, but unwanted effects are not necessarily adverse. An adverse effect from a therapeutic agent might be harmful or uncomfortable or risky to a subject. Side effects include fever, chills, lethargy,
  • gastrointestinal toxicities including gastric and intestinal ulcerations and erosions
  • the term “in combination” refers to the use of more than one therapeutic agent.
  • the use of the term “in combination” does not restrict the order in which the therapeutic agents are administered to a subject with a disease or disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder.
  • a first therapeutic agent such as a compound described herein, can be administered prior to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of a second therapeutic agent, such as an anti-cancer agent, to a subject with a disease or disorder, e.g.
  • a second therapeutic agent such as an anti-cancer agent
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are dosed on independent schedules. In another embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are dosed on approximately the same schedule. In another embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are dosed concurrently or sequentially on the same day.
  • therapies can refer to any protocol(s), method(s), and/or agent(s) that can be used in the prevention, treatment, management, or amelioration of a disease or disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • a disease or disorder e.g., a proliferative disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • a used herein, a "protocol” includes dosing schedules and dosing regimens.
  • the protocols herein are methods of use and include therapeutic protocols.
  • composition that "substantially" comprises a compound means that the composition contains more than about 80% by weight, more preferably more than about 90% by weight, even more preferably more than about 95% by weight, and most preferably more than about 97% by weight of the compound.
  • a “racemic mixture” means about 50% of one enantiomer and about 50% of is corresponding enantiomer of the molecule.
  • the combination encompasses all enantiomerically-pure, enantiomerically-enriched, diastereomerically pure,
  • Enantiomers and diastereomers can also be obtained from diastereomerically- or enantiomerically-pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well known asymmetric synthetic methods.
  • the compounds described herein are defined by their chemical structures and/or chemical names. Where a compound is referred to by both a chemical structure and a chemical name, and the chemical structure and the chemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of the compound's identity.
  • the compounds described herein When administered to a subject (e.g., a non-human animal for veterinary use or for improvement of livestock or to a human for clinical use), the compounds described herein are administered in an isolated form, or as the isolated form in a pharmaceutical composition.
  • isolated means that the compounds described herein are separated from other components of either: (a) a natural source, such as a plant or cell, preferably bacterial culture, or (b) a synthetic organic chemical reaction mixture.
  • the compounds described herein are purified via conventional techniques.
  • purified means that when isolated, the isolate contains at least 95%, preferably at least 98%, of a compound described herein by weight of the isolate either as a mixture of stereoisomers, or as a diastereomeric or enantiomeric pure isolate.
  • Z is OH, SH, or NH 2 ;
  • X is CR 4 or N;
  • Ri is -H, -OH, -SH, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted heteraralkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, guanidino, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, an alkoxy or cycloalkoxy, a haloalkoxy,
  • R2 is -H, -OH, -SH, -NR 7 H, -ORis, -SRis, -NHRis, -0(CH2) m OH, -0(CH2) m SH,
  • R3 is -H, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an
  • optionally substituted alkynyl an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted heteraralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, -C(0)R 7 , -(CH 2 ) m C(0)OR 7 , -C(0)OR 7 , -OC(0)R 7 , -C(0)NRioRu, -S(0)pR 7 , -S(0)pOR 7 , or -S(0) P NRioRu;
  • R4 is -H, -OH, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted heteraralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, guanidino, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, -C(0)R7, -C(0)OR 7 , -OC(0)R 7 , -C(0)NRioRu, -NRsC(0)R7, -SR7, -S(0)pR 7 , -OS(0)pR 7 , -S(0)pOR 7 , -NRsS(0)pR7, -S(0)pNRi
  • R7 and R$ are, independently, -H, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, or an optionally substituted heteraralkyl;
  • Rio and Ru for each occurrence, are independently -H, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, or an optionally substituted heteraralkyl; or Rio and Ru, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • Ris for each occurrence, is independently, a lower alkyl; p, for each occurrence, is, independently, 1 or 2; and m, for each occurrence, is independently, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • X is CR4.
  • X is N.
  • Ri may be -H, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower cycloalkyl, or lower cycloalkoxy.
  • Ri may be -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, or cyclopropoxy.
  • R3 may be -H, a lower alkyl, a lower cycloalkyl, -C(0)N(R27)2, or -C(0)OH, wherein R27 may be -H or a lower alkyl.
  • R3 may be -H, methyl, ethyl, n- propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, teri-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, -C(0)OH, -(CH2) m C(0)OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OCH3, or -C(0)N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R4 may be -H or a lower alkyl.
  • R4 may be -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl.
  • Ri may be -H, -OH, -SH, -NH2, a lower alkoxy or a lower alkyl amino.
  • Ri may be -H, -OH, methoxy or ethoxy.
  • Z is -OH.
  • Z is -SH.
  • R2 may be -H, -OH, -SH, -NH2, a lower alkoxy or a lower alkyl amino.
  • R2 may be -H, -OH, methoxy, or ethoxy.
  • RI may be -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, or cyclopropoxy
  • R3 may be -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, teri-butyl, n-pentyl, n- hexyl, -C(0)OH, -(CH 2 ) m C(0)OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OCH3, or -C(0)N(CH 3 ) 2
  • R 4 may be - H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl
  • R2 may be -H, -OH, -SH, -NH2, a lower alkoxy or
  • Ri may be -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, or cyclopropoxy;
  • R3 may be -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, ieri-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, -C(0)OH, -(CH 2 ) m C(0)OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OCH3, or -C(0)N(CH 3 ) 2 ;
  • R 4 may be -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl;
  • R2 may be -H, -OH, -SH, -NH2, a lower alkoxy or a lower
  • the compound may be:
  • the compound may be:
  • the compound may be:
  • Hsp90 inhibitory compounds, as well as tautomers or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof that may be used in the methods described herein are depicted in Tables 1 or 2.
  • Hsp90 inhibitory compounds used in the disclosed combination methods can be prepared according to the procedures disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication No.
  • triazolone compounds typically can form a tautomeric structure as shown below and as exemplified by the tautomeric structures shown in Tables 1 and 2:
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical combinations for the treatment, prophylaxis, and amelioration of proliferative disorders, such as cancer.
  • the combination comprises one or more Hsp90 inhibitors according to formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, or a tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in addition to a BRAF inhibitor.
  • the combination includes a pharmaceutical composition or a single unit dosage form containing both an Hsp90 inhibitor and a BRAF inhibitor.
  • Pharmaceutical combinations and dosage forms described herein comprise the two active ingredients in relative amounts and formulated in such a way that a given pharmaceutical combination or dosage form can be used to treat proliferative disorders, such as cancer.
  • Preferred pharmaceutical combinations and dosage forms comprise a compound of formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, or a tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor.
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor may be in individual or separate pharmaceutical compositions, depending on the dosing schedules, preferred routes of administration, and available formulations of the two compounds.
  • these embodiments can also contain one or more additional therapeutic agents.
  • the pharmaceutical combinations described herein are formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral, intranasal (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
  • the combination is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal or topical administration to human beings.
  • the combination is formulated in accordance with routine procedures for subcutaneous administration to human beings.
  • the combination therapy described herein comprises one or more compounds and at least one other therapy which has the same mechanism of action as the compounds.
  • the combination therapy described herein comprises one or more compounds described herein and at least one other therapy which has a different mechanism of action than the compounds.
  • the combination therapies described herein improve the therapeutic effect of one or more triazolone compounds described herein by functioning together with the BRAF inhibitor to have an additive or synergistic effect.
  • the combination therapies described herein reduce the side effects associated with the therapies.
  • the combination therapies described herein reduce the effective dosage of one or more of the therapies.
  • the combination comprising one or more triazolone compounds described herein is administered to a subject, preferably a human, to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate cancer, or one or more symptom thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical combinations described herein may also comprise one or more other agents being used, have been used, or are known to be useful in the treatment or amelioration of cancer, particularly breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, or colon cancer.
  • the pharmaceutical combinations described herein utilize pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms which comprise one or more excipients. Suitable excipients are well known to those skilled in the art of pharmacy.
  • triazolone compounds described herein can be also formulated into or administered by controlled release means or by delivery devices that are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Examples include those described in U.S. Patent Nos.: 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; and 4,008,719, 5,674,533, 5,059,595, 5,591,767, 5,120,548, 5,073,543, 5,639,476, 5,354,556, and 5,733,566.
  • the present invention also provides a method of treating a proliferative disorder in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the combination of an Hsp90 inhibitor and a BRAF inhibitor as described herein.
  • the proliferative disorder is cancer.
  • the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced
  • the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has BRAF V600E mutation.
  • Some of the disclosed methods can be also effective at treating subjects whose cancer has become “drug resistant” or "multi-drug resistant".
  • a cancer which initially responded to an anti-cancer drug becomes resistant to the anti-cancer drug when the anticancer drug is no longer effective in treating the subject with the cancer.
  • many tumors will initially respond to treatment with an anti-cancer drug by decreasing in size or even going into remission, only to develop resistance to the drug.
  • "Drug resistant" tumors are characterized by a resumption of their growth and/or reappearance after having seemingly gone into remission, despite the administration of increased dosages of the anticancer drug.
  • Cancers that have developed resistance to two or more anti-cancer drugs are said to be "multi-drug resistant". For example, it is common for cancers to become resistant to three or more anti-cancer agents, often five or more anti-cancer agents and at times ten or more anti-cancer agents.
  • anti-proliferative or anti-cancer therapies may be combined with the compounds described herein to treat proliferative diseases and cancer.
  • Other therapies or anti-cancer agents that may be used in combination with the inventive anti-cancer agents described herein include surgery, radiotherapy (including gamma-radiation, neutron beam radiotherapy, electron beam radiotherapy, proton therapy, brachytherapy, and systemic radioactive isotopes), endocrine therapy, biologic response modifiers (including interferons, interleukins, and tumor necrosis factor (TNF)), hyperthermia and cryotherapy, agents to attenuate any adverse effects (e.g., antiemetics), and other approved chemotherapeutic drugs.
  • radiotherapy including gamma-radiation, neutron beam radiotherapy, electron beam radiotherapy, proton therapy, brachytherapy, and systemic radioactive isotopes
  • endocrine therapy including interferons, interleukins, and tumor necrosis factor (TNF)
  • TNF tumor necros
  • the therapeutic agents of the combination therapies described herein can be administered sequentially or concurrently.
  • the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done concurrently.
  • the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done separately.
  • the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done sequentially.
  • the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done until the cancer is cured or stabilized or improved.
  • the present method includes treating, managing, or ameliorating cancer, or one or more symptoms thereof, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof one or more compounds represented by the structural formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Table 1 or Table 2, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett'
  • a BRAF inhibitor
  • the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer has a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer has an ALK mutation.
  • the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an effective amount of PLX-4032.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an amount of PLX-4032 to achieve a synergistic treatment effect.
  • PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg.
  • PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m 2 to about 260 mg/m 2 . In an
  • the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m 2 , about 85 mg/m 2 , about 100 mg/m 2 , about 110 mg/m 2 , about 115 mg/m 2 , about 120 mg/m 2 , about 145 mg/m 2 , about 150 mg/m 2 , about 175 mg/m 2 , about 180 mg/m 2 , about 200 mg/m 2 , about 215 mg/m 2 or about 260 mg/m 2 .
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly.
  • the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAF V600E mutation. In any one of the above
  • the cancer may have a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above
  • the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 5-hydroxy-4- (5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX- 4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX- 4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 5-hydroxy-4- (5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an effective amount of PLX-4032.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an amount of a triazolone compound of 5- hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an amount of PLX-4032 to achieve a synergistic treatment effect.
  • PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg.
  • PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg.
  • PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m 2 to about 260 mg/m 2 .
  • the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m 2 , about 85 mg/m 2 , about 100 mg/m 2 , about 110 mg/m 2 , about 115 mg/m 2 , about 120 mg/m 2 , about 145 mg/m 2 , about 150 mg/m 2 , about 175 mg/m 2 , about 180 mg/m 2 , about 200 mg/m 2 , about 215 mg/m 2 or about 260 mg/m 2 .
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly.
  • the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer may have a KRAS mutation. In any one of the above
  • the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above
  • the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ova
  • the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer has a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer has an ALK mutation.
  • the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 5-hydroxy-4- (5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer,
  • a BRAF inhibitor
  • the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer has a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer has an ALK mutation.
  • the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent includes
  • a triazolone compound represented by the structural formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Table 1 or Table 2, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound represented by the structural formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Table 1 or Table 2, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879
  • the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer has a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer has an ALK mutation.
  • the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl- indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl- indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with PLX-4032.
  • PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg.
  • PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg.
  • PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX- 4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m 2 to about 260 mg/m 2 .
  • the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m 2 , about 85 mg/m 2 , about 100 mg/m 2 , about 110 mg/m 2 , about 115 mg/m 2 , about 120 mg/m 2 , about 145 mg/m 2 , about 150 mg/m 2 , about 175 mg/m 2 , about 180 mg/m 2 , about 200 mg/m 2 , about 215 mg/m 2 or about 260 mg/m 2 .
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly.
  • the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer may have a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer may have an ALK mutation.
  • the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H- l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a
  • BRAF inhibitor such as PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H- l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a
  • PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m 2 to about 260 mg/m 2 . In an
  • the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m 2 , about 85 mg/m 2 , about 100 mg/m 2 , about 110 mg/m 2 , about 115 mg/m 2 , about 120 mg/m 2 , about 145 mg/m 2 , about 150 mg/m 2 , about 175 mg/m 2 , about 180 mg/m 2 , about 200 mg/m 2 , about 215 mg/m 2 or about 260 mg/m 2 .
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly.
  • the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAF V600E mutation. In any one of the above
  • the cancer may have a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above
  • the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl- phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, or colon cancer.
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®)
  • the cancer
  • the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer has a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer has an ALK mutation.
  • the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l- methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer,
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879
  • the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer has a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer has an ALK mutation.
  • the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound represented by the structural formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Table 1 or Table 2, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, ana
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879,
  • the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer has a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer has an ALK mutation.
  • the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4- (l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4- (l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with PLX-4032.
  • PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg.
  • PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m 2 to about 260 mg/m 2 . In an
  • the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m 2 , about 85 mg/m 2 , about 100 mg/m 2 , about 110 mg/m 2 , about 115 mg/m 2 , about 120 mg/m 2 , about 145 mg/m 2 , about 150 mg/m 2 , about 175 mg/m 2 , about 180 mg/m 2 , about 200 mg/m 2 , about 215 mg/m 2 or about 260 mg/m 2 .
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly.
  • the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAF V600E mutation. In any one of the above
  • the cancer may have a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above
  • the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH- indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH- indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with PLX-4032.
  • PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily.
  • the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m 2 to about 260 mg/m 2 . In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m 2 , about 85 mg/m 2 , about 100 mg/m 2 , about 110 mg/m 2 , about 115 mg/m 2 , about 120 mg/m 2 , about 145 mg/m 2 , about 150 mg/m 2 , about 175 mg/m 2 , about 180 mg/m 2 , about 200 mg/m 2 , about 215 mg/m 2 or about 260 mg/m 2 . In an embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly.
  • the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer may have a KRAS mutation. In any one of the above
  • the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above
  • the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer,
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879,
  • the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer has a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer has an ALK mutation.
  • the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
  • the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 5-hydroxy-4- (5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879,
  • the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
  • the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the cancer has a KRAS mutation.
  • the cancer has an ALK mutation.
  • the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
  • the method includes inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Table (1) or Table (2), or tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib
  • the method includes inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of -(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy- [l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC- 0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC- 0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the method includes inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of -(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy- [l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of PLX-4032.
  • the method includes inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the method includes inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of PLX-4032.
  • the recommended daily dose range of a triazolone compound for the conditions described herein lie within the range of from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg per day, given as a single once-a-day dose preferably as divided doses throughout a day.
  • the daily dose is administered twice daily in equally divided doses.
  • a daily dose range should be from about 5 mg to about 500 mg per day, more specifically, between about 10 mg and about 200 mg per day.
  • the therapy should be initiated at a lower dose, perhaps about 1 mg to about 25 mg, and increased if necessary up to about 200 mg to about 1000 mg per day as either a single dose or divided doses, depending on the patient's global response. It may be necessary to use dosages of the active ingredient outside the ranges disclosed herein in some cases, as will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the clinician or treating physician will know how and when to interrupt, adjust, or terminate therapy in conjunction with individual patient response.
  • the dosage of the composition comprising a triazolone compound described herein administered to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate cancer, or one or more symptoms thereof in a patient is 150 g/kg, preferably 250 g/kg, 500 g/kg, 1 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 25 mg/kg, 50 mg/kg, 75 mg/kg, 100 mg/kg, 125 mg/kg, 150 mg/kg, or 200 mg/kg or more of a patient's body weight.
  • the dosage of the composition comprising a compound described herein administered to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate cancer, or one or more symptoms thereof in a patient is a unit dose of 0.1 mg to 20 mg, 0.1 mg to 15 mg, 0.1 mg to 12 mg, 0.1 mg to 10 mg, 0.1 mg to 8 mg, 0.1 mg to 7 mg, 0.1 mg to 5 mg, 0.1 to 2.5 mg, 0.25 mg to 20 mg, 0.25 to 15 mg, 0.25 to 12 mg, 0.25 to 10 mg, 0.25 to 8 mg, 0.25 mg to 7m g, 0.25 mg to 5 mg, 0.5 mg to 2.5 mg, 1 mg to 20 mg, 1 mg to 15 mg, 1 mg to 12 mg, 1 mg to 10 mg, 1 mg to 8 mg, 1 mg to 7 mg, 1 mg to 5 mg, or 1 mg to 2.5 mg.
  • the unit dose can be administered 1, 2, 3, 4 or more times daily, or once every 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 days, or once weekly, once every two weeks, once every three weeks or once monthly.
  • the therapies are administered less than 5 minutes apart, less than 30 minutes apart, 1 hour apart, at about 1 hour apart, at about 1 to about 2 hours apart, at about 2 hours to about 3 hours apart, at about 3 hours to about 4 hours apart, at about 4 hours to about 5 hours apart, at about 5 hours to about 6 hours apart, at about 6 hours to about 7 hours apart, at about 7 hours to about 8 hours apart, at about 8 hours to about 9 hours apart, at about 9 hours to about 10 hours apart, at about 10 hours to about 11 hours apart, at about 11 hours to about 12 hours apart, at about 12 hours to 18 hours apart, 18 hours to 24 hours apart, 24 hours to 36 hours apart, 36 hours to 48 hours apart, 48 hours to 52 hours apart, 52 hours to 60 hours apart, 60 hours to 72 hours apart, 72 hours to 84 hours apart, 84 hours to 96 hours apart, or 96 hours to 120 hours part.
  • two or more therapies are administered within the same
  • one or more compounds described herein and one or more other the therapies are cyclically administered. Cycling therapy involves the administration of a first therapy (e.g., a first prophylactic or therapeutic agents) for a period of time, followed by the administration of a second therapy (e.g., a second prophylactic or therapeutic agents) for a period of time, followed by the administration of a third therapy (e.g., a third prophylactic or therapeutic agents) for a period of time and so forth, and repeating this sequential administration, i.e., the cycle in order to reduce the development of resistance to one of the agents, to avoid or reduce the side effects of one of the agents, and/or to improve the efficacy of the treatment.
  • a first therapy e.g., a first prophylactic or therapeutic agents
  • a second therapy e.g., a second prophylactic or therapeutic agents
  • a third therapy e.g., a third prophylactic or therapeutic agents
  • administration of the same compound described herein may be repeated and the administrations may be separated by at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months.
  • administration of the same prophylactic or therapeutic agent may be repeated and the administration may be separated by at least at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months.
  • a method of preventing, treating, managing, or ameliorating a proliferative disorders, such as cancer, or one or more symptoms thereof comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a dose of at least 150 g/kg, preferably at least 250 g/kg, at least 500 g/kg, at least 1 mg/kg, at least 5 mg/kg, at least 10 mg/kg, at least 25 mg/kg, at least 50 mg/kg, at least 75 mg/kg, at least 100 mg/kg, at least 125 mg/kg, at least 150 mg/kg, or at least 200 mg/kg or more of one or more compounds described herein once every day, preferably, once every 2 days, once every 3 days, once every 4 days, once every 5 days, once every 6 days, once every 7 days, once every 8 days, once every 10 days, once every two weeks, once every three weeks, or once a month.
  • the dose can be divided into portions (typically equal portions) administered two, three, four or more times a day.
  • the invention also provides a method of treating cancer with a BRAF mutation comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of an Hsp90 inhibitor according to formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor is 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy- [l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the Hsp90 inhibitor is 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H- l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a
  • the cancer may be melanoma.
  • the cancer may be melanoma with a BRAF mutation.
  • the cancer may be melanoma with a BRAF V600E mutation.
  • the invention also provides the use of a compound of formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a subject with cancer.
  • the invention further provides the use of a compound of formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a subject with a cancer, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the invention further provides the use of a compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-pheny
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the invention further provides the use of a compound of 5-hydroxy-4-(5- hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a subject with a cancer , in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the invention further provides the use of the compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a
  • the invention further provides the synergistic use of the compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a
  • the invention further provides the use of the compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a
  • the invention further provides the synergistic use of the compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a
  • the invention also provides a compound of formulae (I) or (la) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treating a subject with a cancer. In an embodiment, the invention also provides a compound of formulae (I) or (la) or a
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the invention also provides a compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the invention also provides a compound of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
  • the invention also provides a compound of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl- phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a
  • the invention also provides a compound of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for synergistic use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with PLX-4032.
  • the invention also provides a compound of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5- hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with sorafenib.
  • the invention also provides a compound of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl- indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for synergistic use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with sorafenib.
  • Human melanoma cell lines carrying the V600E BRAF mutation (A375, SK-MEL- 28, RPMI-7951) and human prostate cancer cells (LNCaP, 22Rvl) were purchased from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA) and grown following ATCC
  • fetal bovine serum (10%), 2 mM L-glutamine and antibiotics (100 IU/ml penicillin and 100 g/ml streptomycin) purchased from Sigma Aldrich. Cells were maintained at 37°C, 5% CO2 atmosphere.
  • Cell viability was measured using the Cell Titer-Glo assay (Promega). In brief, cells were plated in 96-well plates in triplicate at optimal seeding density (determined empirically for each cell line) and incubated at 37°C, 5% CCfe atmosphere for 24 hr prior to the addition of drug or vehicle (0.3% DMSO) to the culture medium. At the end of the assay, Cell Titer-Glow was added to the wells per manufactures recommendation, shaken for two minutes and incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature. Luminescence (0.1 sec) was measured with a Victor II microplate reader (Perkin Elmer) and the resulting data were used to calculate cell viability, normalized to vehicle control.
  • mice Six to seven week old, female CB17/Icr-Prfa/c sc "7Crl (SCID) mice were obtained from Charles River Laboratories (Wilmington, Massachusetts, USA). Animals were housed 4-5/cage in micro-isolators, with a 12hr/12hr light/dark cycle, acclimated for at least 1 week prior to use and fed normal laboratory chow ad libitum. Animals were between seven to eight weeks of age at implantation.
  • Ganetespib was prepared by dissolving the appropriate amounts of the compound in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) by sonication in an ultrasonic water bath. Stock solutions were prepared weekly, stored at -20°C and diluted fresh each day for dosing. A solution of 20% Cremophor RH40 (polyoxyl 40 hydrogenated castor oil; BASF Corp., Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen, Germany) in 5% dextrose in water (Abbott Laboratories, North Chicago, Illinois, USA) was also prepared by first heating 100% Cremophor RH40 at 50-60°C until liquefied and clear, diluting 1:5 with 100% D5W, reheating again until clear and then mixing well.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • DRD formulations for daily dosing DMSO stock solutions were diluted 1:10 with 20% Cremophor RH40.
  • the final DRD formulation for dosing contained 10% DMSO, 18% Cremophor RH40, 3.6% dextrose, 68.4% water and the appropriate amount of test article.
  • Animals were intravenously (i.v.) injected with this formulation at 10 mL per kg body weight 1 day each week.
  • AZD6244 was prepared fresh in 0.5% carboxyl methyl cellulose and given orally 5 days per week.
  • BEZ235 was prepared fresh in 90% PEG300/10% NMP given orally 5 days per week.
  • the frequency of BRAF mutations in melanoma is greater than 80%.
  • Ganetespib showed considerable, low nanomolar activity in a large panel of human cancer cells harboring the V600E mutation in BRAF, with IC50 between 4 and 40 nM. (Table 1). At the protein level, ganetespib was fully capable of destabilizing mutant BRAF in A375 and SK- MEL-28 melanoma cells, resulting in the loss of MEK and ERK activity (Figure 1).
  • ganetespib suppressed PI3K and mTOR-mediated phosphorylation of AKT and 4EBP1, and destabilized Cdc2, resulting in apoptosis as determined by PARP cleavage ( Figure 2).
  • the BRAF inhibitor PLX-4032 has displayed an 81% response rate in a phase I trials of patients with metastatic melanoma whose tumors were positive for the BRAF V600E mutation confirming that effective suppression of BRAF can be an effective strategy for treating such patients [2]. While the initial response rate to PLX-4032 is high, acquired drug resistance frequently develops after initial responses. One such mechanism behind this resistance is through the upregulation of MAP3K8, encoding the kinase COT [3]. Shown in Figure 5, neither the MEK inhibitor AZD6244 nor the BRAF inhibitor PLX-4032 were capable of suppressing ERK phosphorylation in RPMI-7951 melanoma cells previously shown to overexpress COT [3].
  • ganetespib effectively inhibited MEK and ERK activity, as well as AKT activity.
  • ganetespib potently killed RPMI-7951 cells with an IC90 of 10 nM.
  • AZD6244 nor PLX-4032 were capable of killing more than 40% of the cells at concentrations of 1 ⁇ .
  • ganetespib is highly effective in killing melanoma cells in at least two distinct ways.
  • the first way is through destabilization of mutant BRAF.
  • the second is through disruption of COT/ERK signaling in melanoma cells resistant to MEK and BRAF inhibitors.
  • RVH-421 26 malignant melanoma V600 E
  • these data support the use of ganetespib in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 or sorafenib in treating cancer such as melanoma or non- small cell lung cancer.
  • the data also support single agent use of ganetespib in treating cancer with a BRAF mutation.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

A pharmaceutical combination comprising a BRAF inhibitor, and an Hsp90 inhibitor according to the following formulae (I): or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the variables are defined therein. Also provided is a method for treating a proliferative disorder in a subject in need thereof, using the pharmaceutical combination described herein.

Description

COMBINATION THERAPY OF HSP90 INHIBITORS WITH BRAF INHIBITORS
CROS S-REFERE NCE TO RELATED PATENTS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Patent
Application No. 61/559,486, filed on November 14, 2011. The contents of the above application are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Although tremendous advances have been made in elucidating the genomic abnormalities that cause malignant cancer cells, currently available chemotherapy remains unsatisfactory, and the prognosis for the majority of patients diagnosed with cancer remains dismal. Most chemotherapeutic agents act on a specific molecular target thought to be involved in the development of the malignant phenotype. However, a complex network of signaling pathways regulate cell proliferation and the majority of malignant cancers are facilitated by multiple genetic abnormalities in these pathways. Therefore, it is less likely that a therapeutic agent that acts on one molecular target will be fully effective in curing a patient who has cancer.
[0003] Heat shock proteins (HSPs) are a class of chaperone proteins that are up-regulated in response to elevated temperature and other environmental stresses, such as ultraviolet light, nutrient deprivation and oxygen deprivation. HSPs act as chaperones to other cellular proteins (called client proteins), facilitate their proper folding and repair and aid in the refolding of misfolded client proteins. There are several known families of HSPs, each having its own set of client proteins. The Hsp90 family is one of the most abundant HSP families accounting for about 1-2% of proteins in a cell that is not under stress and increasing to about 4-6% in a cell under stress. Inhibition of Hsp90 results in the degradation of its client proteins via the ubiquitin proteasome pathway. Unlike other chaperone proteins, the client proteins of Hsp90 are mostly protein kinases or transcription factors involved in signal transduction, and a number of its client proteins have been shown to be involved in the progression of cancer. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0004] It is now found that certain triazolone Hsp90 inhibitor and BRAF inhibitor combinations are surprisingly effective at treating subjects with certain cancers without further increasing the side effect profile of the single agents. The particular combination therapies disclosed herein demonstrate surprising and significant anticancer effects.
[0005] In an embodiment, the present invention provides a method of utilizing Hsp90 inhibitors according to formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 for the treatment of proliferative disorders, such as cancer, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor. In an embodiment, the method includes treating a subject with cancer comprising the step of administering to the subject an Hsp90 inhibitor according to formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 and a BRAF inhibitor. In an embodiment, the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done concurrently. In another embodiment, the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done sequentially. In another embodiment, the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are dosed independently. In any one of these embodiments, the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®). In any one of these embodiments, the Hsp90 inhibitor may be a compound represented in Tables 1 or 2. In any one of these embodiments, the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX-4032.
[0006] In some embodiments, the cancer may have mutations or translocations in the EGFR, K-Ras, c-Met, HER2, B-Raf, PI3K and/or ALK proteins. In some embodiments, the cancer may express wild-type EGFR and K-Ras. In some embodiments, the cancer may express mutated EGFR and wild type K-Ras. In some embodiments, the cancer may express wild-type EGFR and mutated K-Ras protein. In some embodiments, the cancer may be ALK positive (" ALK+" .) In some embodiments, the cancer may have the EML4-ALK
translocation. In some embodiments, the cancer may have the HER2 mutation. In some embodiments, the cancer may have a mutation in PI3K. In some embodiments, the cancer may have a B-Raf protein mutation.
[0007] In some embodiments, the present invention also provides kits for administration of the combination therapy. In an embodiment, the kit includes separate pharmaceutical compositions containing the Hsp90 inhibitor according to formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, and a BRAF inhibitor. In another embodiment, the kit includes one pharmaceutical composition containing both the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor. In any of these embodiments, each pharmaceutical composition includes one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. In any one of these embodiments, the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®). In one of these embodiments, the Hsp90 inhibitor may be a compound represented in Tables 1 or 2. In any one of these embodiments, the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX-4032.
[0008] In an embodiment, the invention includes use of an Hsp90 inhibitor according to formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 for the manufacture of a medicament for treating cancer in combination with a BRAF inhibitor.
[0009] In an embodiment, the method includes the treatment of drug-resistant cancer in a subject by administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical combination comprising an Hsp90 compound according to formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 and a BRAF inhibitor. In an embodiment, the method further comprises the administration of one or more therapeutic agents in addition to the pharmaceutical combination of an Hsp90 compound according to formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 and a BRAF inhibitor. In certain embodiments, the combination treatment utilizing an Hsp90 compound according to formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 with a BRAF inhibitor to help to arrest, partially or fully, or reduce the development of drug resistant cancer in a subject. In this embodiment, the combinations described herein may allow a reduced dose of the BRAF inhibitor given to a subject, because the Hsp90 inhibitor should inhibit the development of multidrug resistant cancerous cells. In an embodiment, the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®). In another embodiment, the BRAF inhibitor may be PLX-4032.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0010] The foregoing and other objects, features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following more particular description of some embodiments of the invention, as illustrated in the accompanying drawings in which like reference characters refer to the same parts throughout the different views. The drawings are not necessarily to scale, emphasis instead being placed upon illustrating the principles of the invention. [0011] Figure 1 shows western blot analysis of indicated analytes in A375 cells treated with ganetespib (referred to as "Compound 1") or BEZ235 for 24 hr at indicated
concentrations.
[0012] Figure 2 shows western blot analysis of indicated analytes in A375 cells treated with ganetespib for 24 hr at indicated concentrations.
[0013] Figure 3 shows western blot analysis of indicated analytes in A375 cells treated with ganetespib, PLX-4032 or AZD6244 for 24 hr at indicated concentrations.
[0014] Figure 4 shows cytotoxicity assessment in A375 cells treated with ganetespib, PLX-4032 or their combinations for 72 hr.
[0015] Figure 5 shows western blot analysis of indicated analytes in RPMI-7951 cells treated with ganetespib, AZD6244, or PLX-4032 for 24 hr at indicated concentrations.
[0016] Figure 6 shows significant in vivo treatment result by the combination of ganetespib with PLX4032 after A375 xenograft implantation.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions
Unless otherwise specified, the below terms used herein are defined as follows:
[0017] As used herein, the term "alkyl" means a saturated or unsaturated, straight chain or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Representative straight chain alkyls include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n- octyl, n-nonyl and n-decyl; while representative branched alkyls include isopropyl, sec- butyl, isobutyl, teri-butyl, isopentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3- methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 2-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 4-methylhexyl, 5-methylhexyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylhexyl, 2,4- dimethylhexyl, 2,5-dimethylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylhexyl, 3,3- dimtheylpentyl, 3,3-dimethylhexyl, 4,4-dimethylhexyl, 2-ethylpentyl, 3-ethylpentyl, 2- ethylhexyl, 3-ethylhexyl, 4-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-2-ethylpentyl, 2-methyl-3-ethylpentyl, 2- methyl-4-ethylpentyl, 2-methyl-2-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-3-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-4-ethylhexyl, 2,2-diethylpentyl, 3,3-diethylhexyl, 2,2-diethylhexyl, 3,3-diethylhexyl, and the like. The term "(Ci-C6)alkyl" means a saturated, straight chain or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of unsaturated alkyls include vinyl, allyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, isobutylenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-methyl-l- butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 1- heptenyl, 2-heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 2-octenyl, 3-octenyl, 1-nonenyl, 2-nonenyl, 3- nonenyl, 1-decenyl, 2-decenyl, 3-decenyl, acetylenyl, propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 1- pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-methyl-l-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl, 1- heptynyl, 2-heptynyl, 6-heptynyl, 1-octynyl, 2-octynyl, 7-octynyl, 1-nonynyl, 2-nonynyl, 8- nonynyl, 1-decynyl, 2-decynyl, 9-decynyl, and the like. Alkyl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
[0018] As used herein, the term "cycloalkyl" means a saturated or unsaturated, mono- or poly cyclic, non-aromatic hydrocarbon having from 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Representative cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, octahydropentalenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclohexynyl, and the like. Cycloalkyl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
[0019] As used herein, the term "alkylene" refers to an alkyl group that has two points of attachment. The term "(Ci-C6)alkylene" refers to an alkylene group that has from one to six carbon atoms. Straight chain (Ci-Ce)alkylene groups are preferred. Non-limiting examples of alkylene groups include methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), n-propylene
(-CH2CH2CH2-), isopropylene (-CH2CH(CH3)-), and the like. Alkylene groups may be saturated or unsaturated, and may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
[0020] As used herein, the term "lower" refers to a group having up to four atoms. For example, a "lower alkyl" refers to an alkyl radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, "lower alkoxy" refers to "-0-(Ci-C4)alkyl.
[0021] As used herein, the term "haloalkyl" means an alkyl group, in which one or more, including all, the hydrogen radicals are replaced by a halo group(s), wherein each halo group is independently selected from -F, -CI, -Br, and -I. For example, the term "halomethyl" means a methyl in which one to three hydrogen radical(s) have been replaced by a halo group. Representative haloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl, bromomethyl, 1,2-dichloroethyl, 4-iodobutyl, 2-fluoropentyl, and the like.
[0022] As used herein, an "alkoxy" is an alkyl group which is attached to another moiety via an oxygen linker. Alkoxy groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
[0023] As used herein, a "haloalkoxy" is a haloalkyl group which is attached to another moiety via an oxygen linker.
[0024] As used herein, the term an "aromatic ring" or "aryl" means a mono- or polycyclic hydrocarbon, containing from 6 to 15 carbon atoms, in which at least one ring is aromatic. Examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl, tolyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, azulenyl, and naphthyl, as well as benzo-fused carbocyclic moieties such as 5,6,7,8- tetrahydronaphthyl. Aryl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents. In one embodiment, the aryl group is a monocyclic ring, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as "(C6)aryl."
[0025] As used herein, the term "aralkyl" means an aryl group that is attached to another group by a (Ci-Ce)alkylene group. Representative aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenyl- ethyl, naphth-3-yl-methyl and the like. Aralkyl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
[0026] As used herein, the term "heterocyclyl" means a monocyclic or a polycyclic, saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic ring or ring system which typically contains 5- to 20-members and at least one heteroatom. A heterocyclic ring system can contain saturated ring(s) or unsaturated non-aromatic ring(s), or a mixture thereof. A 3- to 10-membered heterocycle can contain up to 5 heteroatoms, and a 7- to 20-membered heterocycle can contain up to 7 heteroatoms. Typically, a heterocycle has at least one carbon atom ring member. Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be oxidized (e.g., N(O)) or quaternized, oxygen and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone. The heterocycle may be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom. Representative heterocycles include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyrindinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like. A heteroatom may be substituted with a protecting group known to those of ordinary skill in the art, for example, a nitrogen atom may be substituted with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group. Furthermore, the heterocyclyl included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents. Only stable isomers of such substituted heterocyclic groups are contemplated in this definition.
[0027] As used herein, the term "heteroaryl", or like terms, means a monocyclic or a poly cyclic, unsaturated radical containing at least one heteroatom, in which at least one ring is aromatic. Poly cyclic heteroaryl rings must contain at least one heteroatom, but not all rings of a poly cyclic heteroaryl moiety must contain heteroatoms. Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be oxidized (e.g., N(O)) or quaternized, oxygen and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone. Representative heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, 1-oxo-pyridyl, furanyl, benzo[l,3]dioxolyl, benzo[l,4]dioxinyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, an isoxazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, a triazinyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoquinolinyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzofuryl, indolizinyl, imidazopyridyl, tetrazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, indolyl, tetrahydroindolyl, azaindolyl, imidazopyridyl, quinazolinyl, purinyl, pyrrolo[2,3]pyrimidinyl, pyrazolo [3,4] pyrimidinyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyridyl, and benzothienyl. In an embodiment, the heteroaromatic ring is selected from 5-8 membered monocyclic heteroaryl rings. The point of attachment of a heteroaromatic or heteroaryl ring may be at either a carbon atom or a heteroatom.
Heteroaryl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents. As used herein, the term "(Cs)heteroaryl" means an heteroaromatic ring of 5 members, wherein at least one carbon atom of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom, such as, for example, oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen. Representative
(Cs)heteroaryls include furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazinyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and the like. As used herein, the term "(C6)heteroaryl" means an aromatic heterocyclic ring of 6 members, wherein at least one carbon atom of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, for example, oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur. Representative (Ce)heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, and the like.
[0028] As used herein, the term "heteroaralkyl" means a heteroaryl group that is attached to another group by a (Ci-Ce)alkylene. Representative heteroaralkyls include 2- (pyridin-4-yl)-propyl, 2-(thien-3-yl)-ethyl, imidazol-4-yl-methyl, and the like. Heteroaralkyl groups included in compounds described herein may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
[0029] As used herein, the term "halogen" or "halo" means -F, -CI, -Br or -I.
[0030] Suitable substituents for an alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl groups include are those substituents which form a stable compound described herein without significantly adversely affecting the reactivity or biological activity of the compound described herein. Examples of substituents for an alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl include an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, heteraralkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, (each of which can be optionally and independently substituted), -C(0)NR28R29, -C(S)NR28R29, -C(NR32)NR28R29, -NR33C(0)R31, -NR33C(S)R31, -NR33C(NR32)R31, halo, -OR33, cyano, nitro, -C(0)R33, -C(S)R33, -C(NR32)R33, -NR28R29, -C(0)OR33, -C(S)OR33, -C(NR32)OR33, -OC(0)R33, -OC(S)R33, -OC(NR32)R33, -NR30C(O)NR28R29, -NR33C(S)NR28R29,
-NR33C(NR32)NR28R29, -OC(0)NR28R29, -OC(S)NR28R29, -OC(NR32)NR28R29, -NR33C(0)OR31, -NR33C(S)OR31, -NR33C(NR32)OR31, -S(0)kR33, -OS(0)kR33, -NR33S(0)kR33, -S(0)kNR28R29, -OS(0)kNR28R29, -NR33S(0)kNR28R29, guanidino, -C(0)SR31, -C(S)SR31, -C(NR32)SR31,
-OC(0)OR31, -OC(S)OR31, -OC(NR32)OR31, -SC(0)R33, -SC(0)OR31, -SC(NR32)OR31, -SC(S)R33, -SC(S)OR31, -SC(0)NR28R29, -SC(NR32)NR28R29, -SC(S)NR28R29, -SC(NR32)R33, -OS(0)kOR31, -S(0)kOR31, -NR30S(O)kOR31, -SS(0)kR33, -SS(0)kOR31, -SS(0)kNR28R29, -OF(0)(OR31)2, or -SP(0)(OR31)2. In addition, any saturated portion of an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, heterocyclyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl and heteroaralkyl groups, may also be substituted with =0, =S, or =N-R32. Each R28 and R29 is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, or heteraralkyl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, or heteroalkyl represented by R28 or R29 is optionally and independently substituted. Each R30, R31 and R33 is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, or heteraralkyl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, and heteraralkyl represented by R30 or R31 or R33 is optionally and independently unsubstituted. Each R32 is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, heteraralkyl, -C(0)R33, -C(0)NR28R29, -S(0)¾R33, or -S(0)kNR28R29, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl and heteraralkyl represented by R32 is optionally and independently substituted. The variable k is 0, 1 or 2. In some embodiments, suitable substituents include C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, halo, or hydroxyl.
[0031] When a heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl group contains a nitrogen atom, it may be substituted or unsubstituted. When a nitrogen atom in the aromatic ring of a heteroaryl group has a substituent, the nitrogen may be oxidized or a quaternary nitrogen.
[0032] Unless indicated otherwise, the compounds described herein containing reactive functional groups, such as, for example, carboxy, hydroxy, thiol and amino moieties, also include corresponding protected derivatives thereof. "Protected derivatives" are those compounds in which a reactive site or sites are blocked with one ore more protecting groups. Examples of suitable protecting groups for hydroxyl groups include benzyl, methoxymethyl, allyl, trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, acetate, and the like. Examples of suitable amine protecting groups include benzyloxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, tert- butyl, benzyl and fluorenylmethyloxy-carbonyl (Fmoc). Examples of suitable thiol protecting groups include benzyl, tert-butyl, acetyl, methoxymethyl and the like. Other suitable protecting groups are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and include those found in T. W. GREENE, PROTECTING GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS, (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1981).
[0033] As used herein, the term "compound(s) described herein" or similar terms refers to a compound of formulae (I), or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 or a tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Also included in the scope of the embodiments are a solvate, clathrate, hydrate, polymorph, prodrug, or protected derivative of a compound of formulae (I), or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2.
[0034] The compounds described herein may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers or diastereomers. Each chemical structure shown herein, including the compounds described herein, encompass all of the corresponding compound' enantiomers, diastereomers and geometric isomers, that is, both the stereochemically pure form (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and isomeric mixtures (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric and geometric isomeric mixtures). In some cases, one enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer will possess superior activity or an improved toxicity or kinetic profile compared to other isomers. In those cases, such enantiomers, diastereomers and geometric isomers of compounds described herein are preferred.
[0035] When a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure, it is to be understood that solvates (e.g., hydrates) of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is also included. "Solvates" refer to crystalline forms wherein solvent molecules are incorporated into the crystal lattice during crystallization. Solvates may include water or nonaqueous solvents such as ethanol, isopropanol, DMSO, acetic acid, ethanolamine and ethyl acetate. When water is the solvent molecule incorporated into the crystal lattice of a solvate, it is typically referred to as a "hydrate". Hydrates include stoichiometric hydrates as well as compositions containing variable amounts of water.
[0036] When a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure, it is to be understood that the compound, including solvates thereof, may exist in crystalline forms, non-crystalline forms or a mixture thereof. The compounds or solvates may also exhibit polymorphism (i.e., the capacity to occur in different crystalline forms). These different crystalline forms are typically known as "polymorphs." It is to be understood that when named or depicted by structure, the disclosed compounds and solvates (e.g., hydrates) also include all polymorphs thereof. Polymorphs have the same chemical composition but differ in packing, geometrical arrangement and other descriptive properties of the crystalline solid state. Polymorphs, therefore, may have different physical properties such as shape, density, hardness, deformability, stability and dissolution properties. Polymorphs typically exhibit different melting points, IR spectra and X-ray powder diffraction patterns, which may be used for identification. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that different polymorphs may be produced, for example, by changing or adjusting the conditions used in crystallizing the compound. For example, changes in temperature, pressure or solvent may result in different polymorphs. In addition, one polymorph may spontaneously convert to another polymorph under certain conditions.
[0037] When a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure, it is to be understood that clathrates ("inclusion compounds") of the compound or its
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or polymorph, are also included. "Clathrate" means a compound described herein, or a salt thereof, in the form of a crystal lattice that contains spaces (e.g., channels) that have a guest molecule trapped within (e.g., a solvent or water).
[0038] As used herein, and unless otherwise indicated, the term "prodrug" means a derivative of a compound that can hydrolyze, oxidize, or otherwise react under biological conditions (in vitro or in vivo) to provide a compound described herein. Prodrugs may become active upon such reaction under biological conditions, or they may have activity in their unreacted forms. Examples of prodrugs contemplated herein include analogs or derivatives of compounds of formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 that comprise biohydrolyzable moieties such as biohydrolyzable amides, biohydrolyzable esters, biohydrolyzable carbamates, biohydrolyzable carbonates, biohydrolyzable ureides and phosphate analogues. Prodrugs can typically be prepared using well-known methods, such as those described by BURGER'S MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY AND DRUG DISCOVERY, (Manfred E. Wolff Ed., 5th ed. (1995)) 172-178, 949-982.
[0039] The articles "a", "an" and "the" are used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e. to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article unless otherwise clearly indicated by contrast. By way of example, "an element" means one element or more than one element.
[0040] The term "including" is used herein to mean, and is used interchangeably with, the phrase "including but not limited to". [0041] The term "or" is used herein to mean, and is used interchangeably with, the term "and/or," unless context clearly indicates otherwise.
[0042] The term "such as" is used herein to mean, and is used interchangeably, with the phrase "such as but not limited to".
[0043] Unless specifically stated or obvious from context, as used herein, the term "about" is understood as within a range of normal tolerance in the art, for example within 2 standard deviations of the mean. About can be understood as within 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.1 %, 0.05%, or 0.01% of the stated value. Unless otherwise clear from context, all numerical values provided herein can be modified by the term about.
[0044] As used herein, the terms "subject", "patient" and "mammal" are used interchangeably. The terms "subject" and "patient" refer to an animal (e.g., a bird such as a chicken, quail or turkey, or a mammal), preferably a mammal including a non-primate (e.g., a cow, pig, horse, sheep, rabbit, guinea pig, rat, cat, dog, and mouse) and a primate (e.g., a monkey, chimpanzee and a human), and more preferably a human. In an embodiment, the subject is a non-human animal such as a farm animal (e.g., a horse, cow, pig or sheep), or a pet (e.g., a dog, cat, guinea pig or rabbit). In another embodiment, the subject is a human.
[0045] As used herein, "Hsp90" includes each member of the family of heat shock proteins having a mass of about 90-kiloDaltons. For example, in humans the highly conserved Hsp90 family includes the cytosolic Hsp90 and Hsp90[3 isoforms, as well as GRP94, which is found in the endoplasmic reticulum, and HSP75/TRAP1, which is found in the mitochondrial matrix.
[0046] The Raf family of proto-oncogenes (A-raf, B-raf and C-raf) was first identified when C-raf was discovered due to its homology with v-raf, the transforming gene of the mouse sarcoma virus 3611. A-raf was later discovered by screening a cDNA library under low stringency conditions using a v-raf probe, and B-raf was discovered due to its homology with C-Rmil, a transforming gene in avian retrovirus Mill Hill No. 2. The Raf family of proteins is involved in the Ras/Raf/MEK/ERK pathway, referred to herein as the "MAP kinase pathway" (MEK stands for "MAPK/ERK kinase" and ERK stands for "extracellularly regulated kinases"), which has been implicated in the genesis and progression of many human cancers through upregulation of cell division and proliferation. All raf proteins are serine/threonine kinases which are capable of activating the MAP kinase pathway.
However, B-raf is far more potent at activating this pathway than A-raf or C-raf, and mutations in the gene encoding B-raf are more common in cancer. For example, B-raf mutations have been identified in 60% to 70% of malignant melanomas, 83% of anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, 35% to 69% of papillary thyroid carcinoma, 4% to 16% of colon cancer, 63% of low-grade ovarian carcinoma, 15% of Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, 4% of acute myeloid leukemia, 3-4.8% of head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, 2%-3% of non-small- cell lung cancer, 2% of gastric carcinoma, 2% of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and has been reported in glioma, sarcoma, breast cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, and liver cancer. Most mutations in B-raf that have been found in human cancers are point mutations that occur in the kinase domain and are clustered in exons 11 and 15 of the gene which contains several regulatory phosphorylation sites (S446, S447, D448, D449, T599, and S602). (Beeram, et at, journal of Clinical Oncology (2005), 23(27):6771-6790). The most prevalent mutation is the T1799A transversion mutation which accounts for more than 80% of mutations in the BRAF gene and results in a V600E mutation in B-raf. The V600E was formerly designated V599E (the gene mutation was designated T1796A) due to a mistake in the GenBank nucleotide sequence NM 004333. The corrected GenBank sequence is NT 007914 and designates the protein mutation as V600E and the gene mutation as T1799A. This corrected numbering will be used herein. This mutation is thought to mimic phosphorylation in the activation segment of B-raf since it inserts a negatively charged residue near two activating
phosphorylation sites, T599 and S602, and thus results in constitutively active B-raf in a Ras independent manner. (Xing, M., Endocrine-Related Cancer (2005), 22:245-262).
[0047] Treatment of cancer cells with 17AAG has been shown to stimulate the degradation of B-raf, and mutant forms of B-raf have been shown to be more sensitive to degradation than the wild type. For example, when melanoma cell line A375 which contain the V600E mutation was treated with 17AAG, B-raf was degraded more rapidly than in CHL cells which contained wild type B-raf. Other B-raf mutants (e.g., V600D, G469A, G469E, G596R, G466V, and G594V) were a found to be degraded more rapidly than wild type B-raf when transvected into COS cells. However, B-raf mutants E586K and L597V were not sensitive to degradation when cells were treated with 17AAG. Therefore, it is believed that wild type B-raf in its activated form is a client protein of Hsp90 and that most mutated forms of B-raf are more dependent on Hsp90 for folding, stability and/or function than the wild type protein. (Dias, et ah, Cancer Res. (2005), 65(23): 10686-10691). The B-raf inhibitors as used herein include PLX-4032 (vemurafenib, CAS No.: 918504-65-1), GDC-0879 (CAS No.: 905281-76-7), PLX-4720 (CAS No.: 918505-84-7), and sorafenib (Nexavar®) (CAS No.: 475207- 59-1).
[0048] The term "c-Kit" or "c-Kit kinase" refers to a membrane receptor protein tyrosine kinase which is preferably activated upon binding Stem Cell Factor (SCF) to its extracellular domain. Yarden, et al, Embo. /., (1987) 22:3341-3351; Qiu, et al, Embo. /., (1988) 7:1003-1011. The full length amino acid sequence of a c-Kit kinase preferably is as set forth in Yarden, et al.; and Qiu, et ah, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, including any drawings. Mutant versions of c-Kit kinase are encompassed by the term "c-Kit" or "c-Kit kinase" and include those that fall into two classes: (1) having a single amino acid substitution at codon 816 of the human c-Kit kinase, or its equivalent position in other species (Ma, et ah, J. Invest Dermatol., (1999) 222:165-170), and (2) those which have mutations involving the putative juxtamembrane z-helix of the protein (Ma, et ah, J. Biol. Chem., (1999) 274:13399-13402). Both of these publications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, including any drawings.
[0049] As used herein, "BCR-ABL" is a fusion protein that results from the translocation of gene sequences from c-ABL protein tyrosine kinase on chromosome 9 into BCR sequences on chromosome 22 producing the Philadelphia chromosome. A schematic representation of human BCR, ABL and BCR-ABL can be seen in Figure 1 of U.S. patent application serial number 10/193,651, filed on July 9, 2002. Depending on the breaking point in the BCR gene, BCR-ABL fusion proteins can vary in size from 185-230 kDa but they must contain at least the OLI domain from BCR and the TK domain from ABL for transforming activity. The most common BCR-ABL gene products found in humans are P230 BCR-ABL, P210 BCR-ABL and P190 BCR-ABL. P210 BCR-ABL is characteristic of CML and P190 BCR-ABL is characteristic of ALL.
[0050] FLT3 kinase is a tyrosine kinase receptor involved in the regulation and stimulation of cellular proliferation. Gilliland, et ah, Blood (2002), 200:1532-42. The FLT3 kinase has five immunoglobulin-like domains in its extracellular region, as well as an insert region of 75-100 amino acids in the middle of its cytoplasmic domain. FLT3 kinase is activated upon the binding of the FLT3 ligand which causes receptor dimerization.
Dimerization of the FLT3 kinase by FLT3 ligand activates the intracellular kinase activity as well as a cascade of downstream substrates including Stat5, Ras, phosphatidylinositol-3- kinase (PI3K), Erk2, Akt, MAPK, SHC, SHP2 and SHIP. Rosnet, et al, Acta Haematol. (1996), 95:218; Hayakawa, et al, Oncogene (2000), 29:624; Mizuki, et al, Blood (2000), 96:3907;
Gilliand, et al, Curr. Opin. Hematol. (2002), 9: 274-81. Both membrane-bound and soluble FLT3 ligand bind, dimerize, and subsequently activate the FLT3 kinase.
[0051] Normal cells that express FLT3 kinase include immature hematopoietic cells, typically CD34+ cells, placenta, gonads and brain. Rosnet, et al, Blood (1993), §2:1110-19; Small, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. (1994), 92:459-63; Rosnet, et al, Leukemia (1996), 20:238-48. However, efficient stimulation of proliferation via FLT3 kinase typically requires other hematopoietic growth factors or interleukins. FLT3 kinase also plays a critical role in immune function through its regulation of dendritic cell proliferation and differentiation. McKenna, et al, Blood (2000), 95:3489-497. Numerous hematologic malignancies express FLT3 kinase, the most prominent of which is AML. Yokota, et al, Leukemia (1997), 22:1605- 09. Other FLT3 expressing malignancies include B-precursor cell acute lymphoblastic leukemias, myelodysplastic leukemias, T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemias, and chronic myelogenous leukemias. Rasko, et al, Leukemia (1995), 9:2058-66.
[0052] FLT3 kinase mutations associated with hematologic malignancies are activating mutations. In other words, the FLT3 kinase is constitutively activated without the need for binding and dimerization by FLT3 ligand, and therefore stimulates the cell to grow continuously. Two types of activating mutations have been identified: internal tandem duplications (ITDs) and point mutation in the activating loop of the kinase domain. As used herein, the term "FLT3 kinase" refers to both wild type FLT3 kinase and mutant FLT3 kinases, such as FLT3 kinases that have activating mutations. Compounds provided herein are useful in treating conditions characterized by inappropriate FLT3 activity, such as proliferative disorders. Inappropriate FLT3 activity includes, but is not limited to, enhanced FLT3 activity resulting from increased or de novo expression of FLT3 in cells, increased FLT3 expression or activity and FLT3 mutations resulting in constitutive activation. The existence of inappropriate or abnormal FLT3 ligand and FLT3 levels or activity can be determined using well known methods in the art. For example, abnormally high FLT3 levels can be determined using commercially available ELISA kits. FLT3 levels can also be determined using flow cytometric analysis, immunohistochemical analysis and in situ hybridization techniques.
[0053] "Epidermal growth factor receptor" or "EGFR", as used herein, means any epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) protein, peptide, or polypeptide having EGFR or EGFR family activity (e.g., Herl, Her2, Her3 and/or Her4), such as encoded by EGFR Genbank Accession Nos. shown in Table I of U.S. Patent Application No. 10/923,354, filed on August 20, 2004, or any other EGFR transcript derived from a EGFR gene and/or generated by EGFR translocation. The term "EGFR" is also meant to include other EGFR protein, peptide, or polypeptide derived from EGFR isoforms (e.g., Herl, Her2, Her3 and/or Her4), mutant EGFR genes, splice variants of EGFR genes, and EGFR gene polymorphisms.
[0054] EGFR is a member of the type 1 subgroup of receptor tyrosine kinase family of growth factor receptors which play critical roles in cellular growth, differentiation and survival. Activation of these receptors typically occurs via specific ligand binding which results in hetero- or homodimerization between receptor family members, with subsequent autophosphorylation of the tyrosine kinase domain. Specific ligands which bind to EGFR include epidermal growth factor (EGF), transforming growth factor a (TGF ), amphiregulin and some viral growth factors. Activation of EGFR triggers a cascade of intracellular signaling pathways involved in both cellular proliferation (the ras/raf/MAP kinase pathway) and survival (the PI3 kinase/Akt pathway). Members of this family, including EGFR and HER2, have been directly implicated in cellular transformation.
[0055] A number of human malignancies are associated with aberrant or overexpression of EGFR and/or overexpression of its specific ligands. Gullick, Br. Med. Bull. (1991), 47:87-98; Modijtahedi & Dean, Int. J. Oncol. (1994), 4:277-96; Salomon, et ah, Crit. Rev. Oncol. Hematol. (1995), 29:183-232. Aberrant or overexpression of EGFR has been associated with an adverse prognosis in a number of human cancers, including head and neck, breast, colon, prostate, lung (e.g., NSCLC, adenocarcinoma and squamous lung cancer), ovarian, gastrointestinal cancers (gastric, colon, pancreatic), renal cell cancer, bladder cancer, glioma, gynecological carcinomas and prostate cancer. In some instances, overexpression of tumor EGFR has been correlated with both chemoresistance and a poor prognosis. Lei, et ah, Anticancer Res. (1999), 29:221-28; Veale, et ah, Br. J. Cancer (1993); 6S:162-65. Mutations in EGFR are associated with many types of cancer as well. For example, EGFR mutations are highly prevalent in non-mucinous BAC patients. Finberg, et al., /. Mol. Diagnostics (2007) 9(3):320- 26.
[0056] c-Met is a receptor tyrosine kinase that is encoded by the Met protooncogene and transduces the biological effects of hepatocyte growth factor (HGF), which is also referred to as scatter factor (SF). Jiang et ah, Crit. Rev. Oncol. Hematoh 29: 209-248 (1999), the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference. c-Met and HGF are expressed in numerous tissues, although their expression is normally confined predominantly to cells of epithelial and mesenchymal origin, respectively. c-Met and HGF are required for normal mammalian development and have been shown to be important in cell migration, cell proliferation and survival, morphogenic differentiation, and organization of 3-dimensional tubular structures (e.g., renal tubular cells, gland formation, etc.). The c-Met receptor has been shown to be expressed in a number of human cancers. c-Met and its ligand, HGF, have also been shown to be co-expressed at elevated levels in a variety of human cancers
(particularly sarcomas). However, because the receptor and ligand are usually expressed by different cell types, c-Met signaling is most commonly regulated by tumor-stroma (tumor- host) interactions. Furthermore, c-Met gene amplification, mutation, and rearrangement have been observed in a subset of human cancers. Families with germine mutations that activate c-Met kinase are prone to multiple kidney tumors as well as tumors in other tissues. Numerous studies have correlated the expression of c-Met and/or HGF/SF with the state of disease progression of different types of cancer (including lung, colon, breast, prostate, liver, pancreas, brain, kidney, ovaries, stomach, skin, and bone cancers). Furthermore, the overexpression of c-Met or HGF have been shown to correlate with poor prognosis and disease outcome in a number of major human cancers including lung, liver, gastric, and breast.
[0057] The anaplastic lymphoma kinase (ALK) tyrosine kinase receptor is an enzyme that in humans is encoded by the ALK gene. The 2;5 chromosomal translocation is frequently associated with anaplastic large cell lymphomas (ALCLs). The translocation creates a fusion gene consisting of the ALK (anaplastic lymphoma kinase) gene and the nucleophosmin (NPM) gene: the 3' half of ALK, derived from chromosome 2, is fused to the 5' portion of NPM from chromosome 5. The product of the NPM-ALK fusion gene is oncogenic. Other possible translocations of the ALK gene, such as the eml4 translocation, are also implicated in cancer.
[0058] The general role of ALK in cancer has been described. See e.g. Pulford et al., J. Cell Physiol. 199(3): 330-358 (2004). Abnormalities in the anaplastic lymphoma kinase (ALK) gene have an established pathogenic role in many pediatric and adult cancers, including non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), anaplastic large cell lymphoma (ALCL), neuroblastoma (NBL), and inflammatory myofibroblastic tumors (IMT), non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL), and esophageal squamous cell carcinoma (ESCC). These diseases account for more than 250,000 new cancer diagnoses each year in the United States alone.
[0059] More particularly, EML4-ALK and KIF5B-ALK translocations have been found in non-small cell lung cancer. See. e.g. Mano H., Cancer Sci. 2008 Dec;99(12):2349-55; Takeuchi K et al., Clin Cancer Res. 2009 May l;15(9):3143-9. CLTC-ALK mutation has been found in DLBCL. See e.g. Rudzki Z et al., Pol J Pathol. 2005; 56 (l):37-45. NPM-ALK, MSN-ALK, and other mutations have been found in ALCL. See e.g. Lamant L et al., Genes Chromosomes Cancer. 2003 Aug; 37 (4):427-32; Webb TR et al. Expert Rev Anticancer Ther 2009 Mar;
9(3):331-56. TPM4-ALK mutation has been found in esophageal squamous cell carcinoma (ESCC). See e.g. Li R, Morris SW., Med Res Rev. 2008 May; 28 (3):372-412. F1174L, R1275Q, and other point mutations have been found in NBL. See e.g. van Roy N et al. Genome Med 2009 July 27; 1 (7):74. TPM3-ALK, TPM4-ALK, CLTC-ALK, RanBP2-ALK, and TPM4-ALK mutations have been found in IMT. See e.g. Gleason BC, Hornick JL. J Clin Pathol 2008 Apr;61(4):428-37. The methods of detection and identification of these alterations, mutations or rearrangements in an ALK gene or gene product can be found in those above-identified references and references cited therein.
[0060] The KRAS oncogene (the cellular homolog of the Kirsten rat sarcoma virus gene) is a critical gene in the development of a variety of cancers, and the mutation status of this gene is an important characteristic of many cancers. Mutation status of the gene can provide diagnostic, prognostic and predictive information for several cancers. The KRAS gene is a member of a family of genes (KRAS, NRAS and HRAS). KRAS is a member of the RAS family of oncogenes, a collection of small guanosine triphosphate (GTP)-binding proteins that integrate extracellular cues and activate intracellular signaling pathways to regulate cell proliferation, differentiation, and survival. Gain-of-function mutations that confer transforming capacity are frequently observed in KRAS, predominantly arising as single amino acid substitutions at amino acid residues G12, G13 or Q61. Constitutive activation of KRAS leads to the persistent stimulation of downstream signaling pathways that promote tumorigenesis, including the RAF/MEK/ERK and PI3K/AKT/mTOR cascades. In NSCLC, KRAS mutations are highly prevalent (20-30%) and are associated with unfavorable clinical outcomes. Mutations in KRAS appear mutually exclusive with those in EGFR in NSCLC tumors; more importantly, they can account for primary resistance to targeted EGFR TKI therapies. Mutations in the KRAS gene are common in many types of cancer, including pancreatic cancer (-65%), colon cancer (-40%), lung cancer (-20%) and ovarian cancer (-15%).
[0061] The methods and procedures for the detections and/or identifications of EGFR, KRAS, BRAF and/or ALK over-expressions and/or mutations are known in the literature and can be easily carried out by a skilled person. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 7,700,339;
5,529,925; 5,770,421; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US2011/0110923; Palmer et al, Biochem. J. (2009), 345-361; Koivunen et al, Clin. Can. Res., 2008, 14, 4275-4283; Anderson, Expert Rev. Mol. Diagn. 11(6), 635-642 (2011); Pinto et al, Cancer Genetics 204 (2011), 439-446; Rekhtman et al; Clin Cancer Res 2012;18:1167-1176; Massarelli et al, Clin Cancer Res
2007;13:2890-2896; Lamy et al, Modern Pathology (2011) 24, 1090-1100; Balschun et al, Expert Rev. Mol. Diagn. 11(8), 799-802 (2011); Vakiani et al, / Pathol 2011; 223, 219-229; Okudela et al, Pathology International 2010; 60: 651-660; John et al, Oncogene (2009) 28, S14-S23; Jimeno et al, /. Clin. Oncol. 27, 1130-1135 (2009); Van Krieken et al, Virchows Archiv. 453, 417-431 (2008); and the references cited in the-above identified references. Thresholds of increased expression that constitute an EGFR mutation or an ALK mutation are well known in the art. Moreover, it is generally recognized that once an EGFR mutation is detected in a cancer, the KRAS mutation will be eliminated in the same cancer. Put reversely, if a KRAS mutation is positively identified in a cancer from a subject, it is then not necessary to engage in any further EGFR related identification. Similar principle can be applied to an ALK mutation in a cancer. That is if there is an ALK mutation detected in a cancer, it is extremely rare that an EGFR or KRAS mutation will be implicated. Stated another way, once an ALK mutation is positively identified in a cancer, no further identification is necessary either for EGFR mutation or for KRAS mutation in the same cancer.
[0062] As used herein, a "proliferative disorder" or a "hyperproliferative disorder," and other equivalent terms, means a disease or medical condition involving pathological growth of cells. Proliferative disorders include cancer, smooth muscle cell proliferation, systemic sclerosis, cirrhosis of the liver, adult respiratory distress syndrome, idiopathic
cardiomyopathy, lupus erythematosus, retinopathy, (e.g., diabetic retinopathy or other retinopathies), cardiac hyperplasia, reproductive system associated disorders such as benign prostatic hyperplasia and ovarian cysts, pulmonary fibrosis, endometriosis, fibromatosis, harmatomas, lymphangiomatosis, sarcoidosis and desmoid tumors. Non-cancerous proliferative disorders also include hyperproliferation of cells in the skin such as psoriasis and its varied clinical forms, Reiter's syndrome, pityriasis rubra pilaris, hyperproliferative variants of disorders of keratinization (e.g., actinic keratosis, senile keratosis), scleroderma, and the like. In one embodiment, the proliferative disorder is cancer.
[0063] In an embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a proliferative disorder in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the combination of an Hsp90 inhibitor and a BRAF inhibitor as described herein. In an embodiment, the proliferative disorder is cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer may be breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, or colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer may be solid cancer, gastric cancer, bladder cancer, ovarian cancer, melanoma, or colorectal cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer may be colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer may be metastatic colorectal cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer may be bladder cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer may be solid cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer may be gastric cancer. In another embodiment, the cancer may be melanoma. In another embodiment, the melanoma may have a BRAF mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer may have a mutation or translocation in EGFR, K-ras, PI3K, ALK, HER2neu and/or B-raf proteins. Some of the disclosed methods can be particularly effective at treating subjects whose cancer has become "drug resistant" or "multi-drug resistant". A cancer which initially responded to an anti-cancer drug becomes resistant to the anti-cancer drug when the anti-cancer drug is no longer effective in treating the subject with the cancer. For example, many tumors will initially respond to treatment with an anti-cancer drug by decreasing in size or even going into remission, only to develop resistance to the drug. "Drug resistant" tumors are characterized by a resumption of their growth and/or reappearance after having seemingly gone into remission, despite the administration of increased dosages of the anti-cancer drug. Cancers that have developed resistance to two or more anti-cancer drugs are said to be "multi-drug resistant". For example, it is common for cancers to become resistant to three or more anti-cancer agents, often five or more anticancer agents and at times ten or more anti-cancer agents.
[0064] Other anti-proliferative or anti-cancer therapies may be combined with the pharmaceutical combination of this invention to treat proliferative diseases and cancer. Other therapies or anti-cancer agents that may be used in combination with the inventive anti-cancer agents of the present invention include surgery, radiotherapy (including, but not limited to, gamma-radiation, neutron beam radiotherapy, electron beam radiotherapy, proton therapy, brachytherapy, and systemic radioactive isotopes), endocrine therapy, biologic response modifiers (including, but not limited to, interferons, interleukins, and tumor necrosis factor (TNF)), hyperthermia and cryotherapy, agents to attenuate any adverse effects (e.g., antiemetics), and other approved chemotherapeutic drugs. In an embodiment, the pharmaceutical combination described herein may be administered with one or more therapeutic agents selected from DFMO, vandetanib, trastuzumab, temodar, dexamethasone, epirubicin, ifosfamide, mitoxantrone, vorinostat, interferon alpha, rituximab, prednisone, cyclophosphamide, bendamustine, adriamycin, valproate, celecoxib, thalidomide, nelarabine, methotrexate, filgrastim, gemtuzumab ozogamicin, testosterone, clofarabine, cytarabine, everolimus, rituxumab, busulfan, capecitabine, pegfilgrastim, mesna, amrubicin, obatoclax, gefitinib, cyclosporine, dasatinib, temozolomide, thiotepa, plerixafor, mitotane, vincristine, doxorubicin, cixutumumab, endostar, fenofibrate, melphalan, sunitinib, rubitecan, enoxaparin, isotretinoin, tariquidar, pomalidomide, altretamine, idarubicin, rapamycin, zevalin, everolimus, pravastatin, carmustine, nelfinavir, streptozocin, tirapazamine, aprepitant, lenalidomide,G-CSF, procarbazine, alemtuzumab, amifostine, valspodar, lomustine, oblimersen, temsirolimus, vinblastine, figitumumab, belinostat, niacinamide, tipifarnib, estramustine, erlotinib, bevacizumab, paclitaxel, docetaxel, Abraxane®, pemetrexed, bortezomib, cetuximab, gemcitabine, 5-fluorouracil, leucovorin and tetracycline. In an embodiment, the one or more therapeutic agent is selected from erlotinib, bevacizumab, bortezomib, paclitaxel, doxorubicin, docetaxel, mitoxantrone, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil, leucovorin, pemetrexed and vincristine.
[0065] As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to a salt prepared from a compound of formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 having an acidic functional group, such as a carboxylic acid functional group, and a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic base. Suitable bases include hydroxides of alkali metals such as sodium, potassium, and lithium; hydroxides of alkaline earth metal such as calcium and magnesium; hydroxides of other metals, such as aluminum and zinc; ammonia, and organic amines, such as unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted mono-, di-, or trialkylamines;
dicyclohexylamine; tributyl amine; pyridine; N-methyl,N-ethylamine; diethylamine;
triethylamine; mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxy-lower alkyl amines), such as mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, 2-hydroxy-tert-butylamine, or tris-
(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, N, N,-di-lower alkyl-N-(hydroxy lower alkyl)-amines, such as N,N-dimethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, or tri-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine; N-methyl-D- glucamine; and amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and the like. The term
"pharmaceutically acceptable salt" also refers to a salt prepared from a compound of formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2 having a basic functional group, such as an amine functional group, and a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid. Suitable acids include hydrogen sulfate, citric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, hydrochloric acid (HC1), hydrogen bromide (HBr), hydrogen iodide (HI), nitric acid, hydrogen bisulfide, phosphoric acid, isonicotinic acid, oleic acid, tannic acid, pantothenic acid, saccharic acid, lactic acid, salicylic acid, tartaric acid, bitartratic acid, ascorbic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, besylic acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, glucaronic acid, formic acid, benzoic acid, glutamic acid, methane sulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, pamoic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid. [0066] As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable solvate," is a solvate formed from the association of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules to one of the compounds of formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Tables 1 or 2. The term "solvate" includes hydrates, e.g., hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate, and the like.
[0067] A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may contain inert ingredients which do not unduly inhibit the biological activity of the compound(s) described herein. The
pharmaceutically acceptable carriers should be biocompatible, i.e., non- toxic, noninflammatory, non-immunogenic and devoid of other undesired reactions upon the administration to a subject. Standard pharmaceutical formulation techniques can be employed, such as those described in REMINGTON, J. P., REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES (Mack Pub. Co., 17TH ed., 1985). Suitable pharmaceutical carriers for parenteral administration include, for example, sterile water, physiological saline, bacteriostatic saline (saline containing about 0.9% mg/ml benzyl alcohol), phosphate-buffered saline, Hank's solution, Ringer's-lactate, and the like. Methods for encapsulating compositions, such as in a coating of hard gelatin or cyclodextran, are known in the art. See BAKER, ETAL.,
CONTROLLED RELEASE OF BIOLOGICAL ACTIVE AGENTS, (John Wiley and Sons, 1986).
[0068] As used herein, the term "effective amount" refers to an amount of a compound described herein which is sufficient to reduce or ameliorate the severity, duration, progression, or onset of a disease or disorder, delay onset of a disease or disorder, retard or halt the advancement of a disease or disorder, cause the regression of a disease or disorder, prevent or delay the recurrence, development, onset or progression of a symptom associated with a disease or disorder, or enhance or improve the therapeutic effect(s) of another therapy. In an embodiment of the invention, the disease or disorder is a proliferative disorder. The precise amount of compound administered to a subject will depend on the mode of administration, the type and severity of the disease or condition and on the characteristics of the subject, such as general health, age, sex, body weight and tolerance to drugs. For example, for a proliferative disease or disorder, determination of an effective amount will also depend on the degree, severity and type of cell proliferation. The skilled artisan will be able to determine appropriate dosages depending on these and other factors. When co-administered with other therapeutic agents, e.g., when co-administered with an anti-cancer agent, an "effective amount" of any additional therapeutic agent(s) will depend on the type of drug used. Suitable dosages are known for approved therapeutic agents and can be adjusted by the skilled artisan according to the condition of the subject, the type of condition(s) being treated and the amount of a compound of the invention being used. In cases where no amount is expressly noted, an effective amount should be assumed. Non- limiting examples of an effective amount of a compound described herein are provided herein below. In a specific embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating, managing, or ameliorating a disease or disorder, e.g. a proliferative disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a dose of the Hsp90 inhibitor at least 150 g/kg, at least 250 g/kg, at least 500 g/kg, at least 1 mg/kg, at least 5 mg/kg, at least 10 mg/kg, at least 25 mg/kg, at least 50 mg/kg, at least 75 mg/kg, at least 100 mg/kg, at least 125 mg/kg, at least 150 mg/kg, or at least 200 mg/kg or more of one or more compounds described herein once every day, once every 2 days, once every 3 days, once every 4 days, once every 5 days, once every 6 days, once every 7 days, once every 8 days, once every 10 days, once every two weeks, once every three weeks, or once a month.
[0069] The dosage of the individual BRAF inhibitors used in the pharmaceutical combination may be equal to or lower than the dose of an individual therapeutic agent when given independently to treat, manage, or ameliorate a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof. In an embodiment of the invention, the disease or disorder being treated with a combination therapy is a proliferative disorder. In an embodiment, the proliferative disorder is cancer. In an embodiment, the BRAF inhibitor PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX- 4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. The recommended dosages of therapeutic agents currently used for the treatment, management, or amelioration of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, can obtained from any reference in the art. For a more in depth review of dosage and treatment schedules for various disorders, see, e.g., GOODMAN & GILMAN'S THE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS OF BASIS OF THERAPEUTICS 9™ ED, (Hardman, et at, Eds., NY:Mc-Graw-Hill (1996)); PHYSICIAN'S DESK REFERENCE 57™ ED. (Medical Economics Co., Inc., Montvale, NJ (2003)).
[0070] As used herein, the terms "treat", "treatment" and "treating" refer to the reduction or amelioration of the progression, severity and/or duration of a disease or disorder, delay of the onset of a disease or disorder, or the amelioration of one or more symptoms (preferably, one or more discernible symptoms) of a disease or disorder, resulting from the administration of one or more therapies (e.g., one or more therapeutic agents such as a compound of the invention). The terms "treat", "treatment" and "treating" also encompass the reduction of the risk of developing a disease or disorder, and the delay or inhibition of the recurrence of a disease or disorder. In an embodiment, the disease or disorder being treated is a proliferative disorder such as cancer. In specific embodiments, the terms "treat", "treatment" and "treating" refer to the amelioration of at least one measurable physical parameter of a disease or disorder, such as growth of a tumor, not necessarily discernible by the patient. In other embodiments the terms "treat", "treatment" and "treating" refer to the inhibition of the progression of a disease or disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder, either physically by the stabilization of a discernible symptom, physiologically by the stabilization of a physical parameter, or both. In another
embodiment, the terms "treat", "treatment" and "treating" of a proliferative disease or disorder refers to the reduction or stabilization of tumor size or cancerous cell count, and/or delay of tumor formation. In another embodiment, the terms "treat", "treating" and "treatment" also encompass the administration of a compound described herein as a prophylactic measure to patients with a predisposition (genetic or environmental) to any disease or disorder described herein.
[0071] As used herein, the terms "therapeutic agent" and "therapeutic agents" refer to any agent(s) that can be used in the treatment of a disease or disorder, e.g. a proliferative disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof. In certain embodiments, the term "therapeutic agent" refers to a compound described herein. In certain other embodiments, the term "therapeutic agent" does not refer to a compound described herein. Preferably, a therapeutic agent is an agent that is known to be useful for, or has been or is currently being used for the treatment of a disease or disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof.
[0072] As used herein, the term "synergistic" refers to a combination of a compound described herein and another therapeutic agent, which, when taken together, is more effective than the additive effects of the individual therapies. A synergistic effect of a combination of therapies (e.g., a combination of therapeutic agents) permits the use of lower dosages of one or more of the therapeutic agent(s) and/or less frequent administration of the agent(s) to a subject with a disease or disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder. The ability to utilize lower the dosage of one or more therapeutic agent and/or to administer the therapeutic agent less frequently reduces the toxicity associated with the administration of the agent to a subject without reducing the efficacy of the therapy in the treatment of a disease or disorder. In addition, a synergistic effect can result in improved efficacy of agents in the prevention, management or treatment of a disease or disorder, e.g. a proliferative disorder. Finally, a synergistic effect of a combination of therapies may avoid or reduce adverse or unwanted side effects associated with the use of either therapeutic agent alone.
[0073] As used herein, the phrase "side effects" encompasses unwanted and adverse effects of a therapeutic agent. Side effects are always unwanted, but unwanted effects are not necessarily adverse. An adverse effect from a therapeutic agent might be harmful or uncomfortable or risky to a subject. Side effects include fever, chills, lethargy,
gastrointestinal toxicities (including gastric and intestinal ulcerations and erosions), nausea, vomiting, neurotoxicities, nephrotoxicities, renal toxicities (including such conditions as papillary necrosis and chronic interstitial nephritis), hepatic toxicities (including elevated serum liver enzyme levels), myelotoxicities (including leukopenia, myelosuppression, thrombocytopenia and anemia), dry mouth, metallic taste, prolongation of gestation, weakness, somnolence, pain (including muscle pain, bone pain and headache), hair loss, asthenia, dizziness, extra-pyramidal symptoms, akathisia, cardiovascular disturbances and sexual dysfunction.
[0074] As used herein, the term "in combination" refers to the use of more than one therapeutic agent. The use of the term "in combination" does not restrict the order in which the therapeutic agents are administered to a subject with a disease or disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder. A first therapeutic agent, such as a compound described herein, can be administered prior to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of a second therapeutic agent, such as an anti-cancer agent, to a subject with a disease or disorder, e.g. a proliferative disorder, such as cancer. In an embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are dosed on independent schedules. In another embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are dosed on approximately the same schedule. In another embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are dosed concurrently or sequentially on the same day.
[0075] As used herein, the terms "therapies" and "therapy" can refer to any protocol(s), method(s), and/or agent(s) that can be used in the prevention, treatment, management, or amelioration of a disease or disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof.
[0076] A used herein, a "protocol" includes dosing schedules and dosing regimens. The protocols herein are methods of use and include therapeutic protocols.
[0077] As used herein, a composition that "substantially" comprises a compound means that the composition contains more than about 80% by weight, more preferably more than about 90% by weight, even more preferably more than about 95% by weight, and most preferably more than about 97% by weight of the compound.
[0078] As used herein, a "racemic mixture" means about 50% of one enantiomer and about 50% of is corresponding enantiomer of the molecule. The combination encompasses all enantiomerically-pure, enantiomerically-enriched, diastereomerically pure,
diastereomerically enriched, and racemic mixtures of the compounds described herein. Enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures can be resolved into their component
enantiomers or diastereomers by well known methods, such as chiral-phase gas
chromatography, chiral-phase high performance liquid chromatography, crystallizing the compound as a chiral salt complex, or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent.
Enantiomers and diastereomers can also be obtained from diastereomerically- or enantiomerically-pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well known asymmetric synthetic methods.
[0079] The compounds described herein are defined by their chemical structures and/or chemical names. Where a compound is referred to by both a chemical structure and a chemical name, and the chemical structure and the chemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of the compound's identity.
[0080] When administered to a subject (e.g., a non-human animal for veterinary use or for improvement of livestock or to a human for clinical use), the compounds described herein are administered in an isolated form, or as the isolated form in a pharmaceutical composition. As used herein, "isolated" means that the compounds described herein are separated from other components of either: (a) a natural source, such as a plant or cell, preferably bacterial culture, or (b) a synthetic organic chemical reaction mixture. Preferably, the compounds described herein are purified via conventional techniques. As used herein, "purified" means that when isolated, the isolate contains at least 95%, preferably at least 98%, of a compound described herein by weight of the isolate either as a mixture of stereoisomers, or as a diastereomeric or enantiomeric pure isolate.
[0081] Only those choices and combinations of substituents that result in a stable structure are contemplated. Such choices and combinations will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art and may be determined without undue experimentation.
[0082] The invention can be understood more fully by reference to the following detailed description and illustrative examples, which are intended to exemplify non-limiting embodiments of the invention. [0083] The methods described herein utilize triazolone compounds listed in Tables 1 or 2, or a compound represented by Formulae (I) or (la):
Figure imgf000030_0001
or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Z is OH, SH, or NH2; X is CR4 or N;
Ri is -H, -OH, -SH, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted heteraralkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, guanidino, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, an alkoxy or cycloalkoxy, a haloalkoxy,
-NRioRn, -OR/, -C(0)R7, -C(0)OR7, -C(S)R7, -C(0)SR7, -C(S)SR7, -C(S)OR7, -C(S)NRioRii, -C(NRs)OR7, -C(NRs)R7, -C(NR8)NRioRu, -C(NRs)SR7, -OC(0)R7, -OC(0)OR7, -OC(S)OR7, -OC(NRs)OR7, -SC(0)R7, -SC(0)OR7, -SC(NRs)OR7, -OC(S)R7, -SC(S)R7, -SC(S)OR7, -OC(0)NRioRu, -OC(S)NRioRu, -OC(NR8)NRioRu, -SC(0)NRioRu, -SC(NR8)NRioRn, -SC(S)NRioRu,
-OC(NRs)R7, -SC(NRs)R7, -C(0)NRioRn, -NRsC(0)R7, -NR7C(S)R7, -NR7C(S)OR7, -NR7C(NRs)R7, -NR7C(0)OR7, -NR7C(NRs)OR7, -NR7C(0)NRioRu, -NR7C(S)NRioRu, -NR7C(NR8)NRioRu, -SR7, -S(0)PR7, -OS(0)pR7, -OS(0)pOR7, -OS(0)pNRioRu, -S(0)POR7, -NR8S(0)PR7, -NR7S(0)pNRioRn, -NR7S(0)POR7, -S(0)PNRioRu, -SS(0)PR7, -SS(0)POR7, -SS(0)PNRioRii, -OP(0)(OR7)2, or -SP(0)(OR7)2;
R2 is -H, -OH, -SH, -NR7H, -ORis, -SRis, -NHRis, -0(CH2)mOH, -0(CH2)mSH,
-0(CH2)mNR7H, -S(CH2)mOH, -S(CH2)mSH, -S(CH2)mNR7H, -OC(0)NRioRn, -SC(0)NRioRii, -NR7C(0)NRioRii, -OC(0)R7, -SC(0)R7, -NR7C(0)R7, -OC(0)OR7, -SC(0)OR7, -NRTC(0)OR7, -OCH2C(0)R7, -SCH2C(0)R7, -NR7CH2C(0)R7, -OCH2C(0)OR7, -SCH2C(0)OR7, -NR7CH2C(0)OR7, -OCH2C(0)NRioRu, -SCH2C(0)NRioRu, -NR7CH2C(0)NRioRn, -OS(0)pR7, -SS(0)pR7, -NR7S(0)pR7, -OS(0)pNRioRu, -SS(0)PNRioRu, -NR7S(0)PNRioRu, -OS(0)pOR7, -SS(0)pOR7, -NR7S(0)pOR7, -OC(S)R7, -SC(S)R7, -NR7C(S)R7, -OC(S)OR7, -SC(S)OR7, -NR7C(S)OR7, -OC(S)NRioRu, -SC(S)NRioRu, -NR7C(S)NRioRu, -OC(NRs)R7, -SC(NRs)R7, -NR7C(NRs)R7, -OC(NRs)OR7, -SC(NRs)OR7, -NR7C(NRs)OR7, -OC(NR8)NRioRu, -SC(NR8)NRioRu, or -NR7C(NR8)NRioRii;
R3 is -H, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an
optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted heteraralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, -C(0)R7, -(CH2)mC(0)OR7, -C(0)OR7, -OC(0)R7, -C(0)NRioRu, -S(0)pR7, -S(0)pOR7, or -S(0)PNRioRu;
R4 is -H, -OH, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted heteraralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, guanidino, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, -C(0)R7, -C(0)OR7, -OC(0)R7, -C(0)NRioRu, -NRsC(0)R7, -SR7, -S(0)pR7, -OS(0)pR7, -S(0)pOR7, -NRsS(0)pR7, -S(0)pNRioRu, or R3 and Rt taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R7 and R$, for each occurrence, are, independently, -H, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, or an optionally substituted heteraralkyl;
Rio and Ru, for each occurrence, are independently -H, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, or an optionally substituted heteraralkyl; or Rio and Ru, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Ris, for each occurrence, is independently, a lower alkyl; p, for each occurrence, is, independently, 1 or 2; and m, for each occurrence, is independently, 1, 2, 3, or 4. [0084] In an embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), X is CR4. [0085] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), X is N.
[0086] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), Ri may be -H, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower cycloalkyl, or lower cycloalkoxy.
[0087] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), Ri may be -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, or cyclopropoxy.
[0088] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), R3 may be -H, a lower alkyl, a lower cycloalkyl, -C(0)N(R27)2, or -C(0)OH, wherein R27 may be -H or a lower alkyl.
[0089] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), R3 may be -H, methyl, ethyl, n- propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, teri-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, -C(0)OH, -(CH2)mC(0)OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OCH3, or -C(0)N(CH3)2.
[0090] In an embodiment, R4 may be -H or a lower alkyl.
[0091] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), R4 may be -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl. [0092] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), Ri may be -H, -OH, -SH, -NH2, a lower alkoxy or a lower alkyl amino.
[0093] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), Ri may be -H, -OH, methoxy or ethoxy.
[0094] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), Z is -OH. [0095] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), Z is -SH.
[0096] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), R2 may be -H, -OH, -SH, -NH2, a lower alkoxy or a lower alkyl amino.
[0097] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), R2 may be -H, -OH, methoxy, or ethoxy.
[0098] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), RI may be -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, or cyclopropoxy; R3 may be -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, teri-butyl, n-pentyl, n- hexyl, -C(0)OH, -(CH2)mC(0)OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OCH3, or -C(0)N(CH3)2; R4 may be - H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; R2 may be -H, -OH, -SH, -NH2, a lower alkoxy or a lower alkyl amino; and Z is OH.
[0099] In another embodiment, in formula (I) or (la), Ri may be -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, or cyclopropoxy; R3 may be -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, ieri-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, -C(0)OH, -(CH2)mC(0)OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OCH3, or -C(0)N(CH3)2; R4 may be -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; R2 may be -H, -OH, -SH, -NH2, a lower alkoxy or a lower alkyl amino; and Z is SH.
[00100] In another embodiment, the compound may be:
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l,3-dimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l,3-dimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy- [l,2,4]triazole, 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-isopropyl-indol-4-yl)-5-hydroxy- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indazol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indazol-6-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4-(l-ethyl-indol-4-yl)-5-mercapto-[l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihy droxyphenyl)-4-( 1 -isopropyl-indol-4-yl)-5-mer capto- [ 1 ,2,4] triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4-(indol-4-yl)-5-mercapto-[l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4-(l-methoxyethyl-indol-4-yl)-5-mercapto-[l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l-isopropyl-indol-4-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4-(l-dimethylcarbamoyl-indol-4-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihy droxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-( 1 -propyl-indol-4-yl)-5-mer capto- [ 1 ,2,4] triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l,2,3-trimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(2,3-dimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l-acetyl-2,3-dimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l-propyl-2,3-dimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihy droxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-( 1 -n-butyl-indol-4-yl)-5-mer capto- [1,2,4] triazole, 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l-n-pentyl-indol-4-yl)-5-mercapto-[l,2,4]triazole, 3-(2,4-dihy droxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-( 1 -n-hexyl-indol-4-yl)-5-mer capto- [ 1 ,2,4] triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-cyclopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-(l-methylcyclopropyl)-indol-4-yl)-5- mercapto-[l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-cyclopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l,2,3-trimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-3-ethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l,3-dimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-3-isopropyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l,2-dimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(N-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto-[l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l,3-dimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-cyclopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l,3-dimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-cyclopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(lH-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto-[l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l,2-dimethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-ethyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole, or
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-propyl-indol-5-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00101] In another embodiment, the compound may be:
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l-ethyl-benzimidazol-4-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l-ethyl-benzimidazol -4-yl)-5-mercapto- [l,2,4]triazole HCL salt,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(2-methyl-3-ethyl-benzimidazol-5-yl)-5- mercapto-[l,2,4]triazole,
3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4-(l-ethyl-2-methyl-benzimidazol-5-yl)-5- mercapto-[l,2,4]triazole, or
3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-2-trifluoromethyl-benzimidazol-5- yl)-5-mercapto-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00102] In another embodiment, the compound may be:
5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate,
sodium 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl phosphate,
2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenethyl)-5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H- l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)phenyl dihydrogen phosphate,
5-hydroxy-2-isopropyl-4-(5-mercapto-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3- yl)phenyl dihydrogen phosphate,
5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate,
4- (4-(l,3-dimethyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-ethyl-5- hydroxyphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00103] Hsp90 inhibitory compounds, as well as tautomers or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof that may be used in the methods described herein are depicted in Tables 1 or 2.
Table 1
STRUCTURE TAUTOMERIC STRUCTURE NAME
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Table 2: Compounds according to Formula (la)
Figure imgf000046_0002
No. STRUCTURE TAUTOMERIC STRUCTURE NAME
Figure imgf000047_0001
[00104] The Hsp90 inhibitory compounds used in the disclosed combination methods can be prepared according to the procedures disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication No.
2006/0,167,070, and WO2009/023,211.
[00105] These triazolone compounds typically can form a tautomeric structure as shown below and as exemplified by the tautomeric structures shown in Tables 1 and 2:
Figure imgf000047_0002
[00106] In some embodiments, the present invention provides pharmaceutical combinations for the treatment, prophylaxis, and amelioration of proliferative disorders, such as cancer. In a specific embodiment, the combination comprises one or more Hsp90 inhibitors according to formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, or a tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in addition to a BRAF inhibitor.
[00107] In an embodiment, the combination includes a pharmaceutical composition or a single unit dosage form containing both an Hsp90 inhibitor and a BRAF inhibitor.
Pharmaceutical combinations and dosage forms described herein comprise the two active ingredients in relative amounts and formulated in such a way that a given pharmaceutical combination or dosage form can be used to treat proliferative disorders, such as cancer. Preferred pharmaceutical combinations and dosage forms comprise a compound of formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, or a tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor. In other embodiments, the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor may be in individual or separate pharmaceutical compositions, depending on the dosing schedules, preferred routes of administration, and available formulations of the two compounds. Optionally, these embodiments can also contain one or more additional therapeutic agents.
[00108] The pharmaceutical combinations described herein are formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral, intranasal (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. In a specific embodiment, the combination is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal or topical administration to human beings. In an embodiment, the combination is formulated in accordance with routine procedures for subcutaneous administration to human beings.
[00109] In a specific embodiment, the combination therapy described herein comprises one or more compounds and at least one other therapy which has the same mechanism of action as the compounds. In another specific embodiment, the combination therapy described herein comprises one or more compounds described herein and at least one other therapy which has a different mechanism of action than the compounds. In certain embodiments, the combination therapies described herein improve the therapeutic effect of one or more triazolone compounds described herein by functioning together with the BRAF inhibitor to have an additive or synergistic effect. In certain embodiments, the combination therapies described herein reduce the side effects associated with the therapies. In certain embodiments, the combination therapies described herein reduce the effective dosage of one or more of the therapies.
[00110] In a specific embodiment, the combination comprising one or more triazolone compounds described herein is administered to a subject, preferably a human, to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate cancer, or one or more symptom thereof. In accordance with the invention, the pharmaceutical combinations described herein may also comprise one or more other agents being used, have been used, or are known to be useful in the treatment or amelioration of cancer, particularly breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, or colon cancer. The pharmaceutical combinations described herein utilize pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms which comprise one or more excipients. Suitable excipients are well known to those skilled in the art of pharmacy.
[00111] The triazolone compounds described herein can be also formulated into or administered by controlled release means or by delivery devices that are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Examples include those described in U.S. Patent Nos.: 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; and 4,008,719, 5,674,533, 5,059,595, 5,591,767, 5,120,548, 5,073,543, 5,639,476, 5,354,556, and 5,733,566.
[00112] In some embodiments, the present invention also provides a method of treating a proliferative disorder in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the combination of an Hsp90 inhibitor and a BRAF inhibitor as described herein. In an embodiment, the proliferative disorder is cancer. In one aspect of this embodiment, the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced
esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, or colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In an embodiment, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has BRAFV600E mutation.
[00113] Some of the disclosed methods can be also effective at treating subjects whose cancer has become "drug resistant" or "multi-drug resistant". A cancer which initially responded to an anti-cancer drug becomes resistant to the anti-cancer drug when the anticancer drug is no longer effective in treating the subject with the cancer. For example, many tumors will initially respond to treatment with an anti-cancer drug by decreasing in size or even going into remission, only to develop resistance to the drug. "Drug resistant" tumors are characterized by a resumption of their growth and/or reappearance after having seemingly gone into remission, despite the administration of increased dosages of the anticancer drug. Cancers that have developed resistance to two or more anti-cancer drugs are said to be "multi-drug resistant". For example, it is common for cancers to become resistant to three or more anti-cancer agents, often five or more anti-cancer agents and at times ten or more anti-cancer agents.
[00114] Other anti-proliferative or anti-cancer therapies may be combined with the compounds described herein to treat proliferative diseases and cancer. Other therapies or anti-cancer agents that may be used in combination with the inventive anti-cancer agents described herein include surgery, radiotherapy (including gamma-radiation, neutron beam radiotherapy, electron beam radiotherapy, proton therapy, brachytherapy, and systemic radioactive isotopes), endocrine therapy, biologic response modifiers (including interferons, interleukins, and tumor necrosis factor (TNF)), hyperthermia and cryotherapy, agents to attenuate any adverse effects (e.g., antiemetics), and other approved chemotherapeutic drugs.
[00115] The therapeutic agents of the combination therapies described herein can be administered sequentially or concurrently. In an embodiment, the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done concurrently. In another embodiment, the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done separately. In another embodiment, the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done sequentially. In an embodiment, the administration of the Hsp90 inhibitor and the BRAF inhibitor are done until the cancer is cured or stabilized or improved.
[00116] In an embodiment, the present method includes treating, managing, or ameliorating cancer, or one or more symptoms thereof, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof one or more compounds represented by the structural formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Table 1 or Table 2, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, or colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In an embodiment, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has BRAFV600E mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a KRAS mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has an ALK mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
[00117] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
[00118] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an effective amount of PLX-4032. In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an amount of PLX-4032 to achieve a synergistic treatment effect. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg. In an
embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m2 to about 260 mg/m2. In an
embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m2, about 85 mg/m2, about 100 mg/m2, about 110 mg/m2, about 115 mg/m2, about 120 mg/m2, about 145 mg/m2, about 150 mg/m2, about 175 mg/m2, about 180 mg/m2, about 200 mg/m2, about 215 mg/m2 or about 260 mg/m2. In an embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly. In any of the above embodiments, the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In any of the above embodiments, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAFV600E mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have a KRAS mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
[00119] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 5-hydroxy-4- (5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX- 4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
[00120] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 5-hydroxy-4- (5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an effective amount of PLX-4032. In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an amount of a triazolone compound of 5- hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an amount of PLX-4032 to achieve a synergistic treatment effect. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m2 to about 260 mg/m2. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m2, about 85 mg/m2, about 100 mg/m2, about 110 mg/m2, about 115 mg/m2, about 120 mg/m2, about 145 mg/m2, about 150 mg/m2, about 175 mg/m2, about 180 mg/m2, about 200 mg/m2, about 215 mg/m2 or about 260 mg/m2. In an embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly. In any of the above embodiments, the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In any of the above embodiments, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAFV600E mutation. In any one of the above embodiments, the cancer may have a KRAS mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
[00121] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, or colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In an embodiment, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAFV600E mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a KRAS mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has an ALK mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
[00122] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 5-hydroxy-4- (5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, orcolon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In an embodiment, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAFV600E mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a KRAS mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has an ALK mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
[00123] In yet another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent, includes
administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound represented by the structural formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Table 1 or Table 2, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
[00124] In an embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound represented by the structural formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Table 1 or Table 2, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, or colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In an embodiment, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has BRAFV600E mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a KRAS mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has an ALK mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a BRAF mutation. [00125] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl- indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
[00126] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl- indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with PLX-4032. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX- 4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m2 to about 260 mg/m2. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m2, about 85 mg/m2, about 100 mg/m2, about 110 mg/m2, about 115 mg/m2, about 120 mg/m2, about 145 mg/m2, about 150 mg/m2, about 175 mg/m2, about 180 mg/m2, about 200 mg/m2, about 215 mg/m2 or about 260 mg/m2. In an embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly. In any of the above embodiments, the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In any of the above embodiments, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAFV600E mutation. In any one of the above embodiments, the cancer may have a KRAS mutation. In any one of the above embodiments, the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above embodiments, the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
[00127] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H- l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
[00128] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H- l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with PLX-4032. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m2 to about 260 mg/m2. In an
embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m2, about 85 mg/m2, about 100 mg/m2, about 110 mg/m2, about 115 mg/m2, about 120 mg/m2, about 145 mg/m2, about 150 mg/m2, about 175 mg/m2, about 180 mg/m2, about 200 mg/m2, about 215 mg/m2 or about 260 mg/m2. In an embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly. In any of the above embodiments, the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In any of the above embodiments, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAFV600E mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have a KRAS mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
[00129] In an embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl- phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, or colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In an embodiment, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAFV600E mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a KRAS mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has an ALK mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
[00130] In an embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject is being or has been treated with a chemotherapeutic agent, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l- methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, orcolon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In an embodiment, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAFV600E mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a KRAS mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has an ALK mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
[00131] In an embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject has proven refractory to other therapies but is no longer on these therapies, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound represented by the structural formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Table 1 or Table 2, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, or colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In an embodiment, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAFV600E mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a KRAS mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has an ALK mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
[00132] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject has proven refractory to other therapies but is no longer on these therapies, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4- (l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032
(vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
[00133] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject has proven refractory to other therapies but is no longer on these therapies, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4- (l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with PLX-4032. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg. In an
embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m2 to about 260 mg/m2. In an
embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m2, about 85 mg/m2, about 100 mg/m2, about 110 mg/m2, about 115 mg/m2, about 120 mg/m2, about 145 mg/m2, about 150 mg/m2, about 175 mg/m2, about 180 mg/m2, about 200 mg/m2, about 215 mg/m2 or about 260 mg/m2. In an embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly. In any of the above embodiments, the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In any of the above embodiments, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAFV600E mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have a KRAS mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
[00134] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject has proven refractory to other therapies but is no longer on these therapies, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH- indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
[00135] In another embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject has proven refractory to other therapies but is no longer on these therapies, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH- indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with PLX-4032. In an
embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose of between about 200 mg to about 2000 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered orally at a dose from about 480 mg to about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at a dose of about 480 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 720 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, PLX-4032 is administered at about 960 mg twice daily. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is from about 2 mg/m2 to about 260 mg/m2. In an embodiment, the amount of the Hsp90 inhibitor is about 75 mg/m2, about 85 mg/m2, about 100 mg/m2, about 110 mg/m2, about 115 mg/m2, about 120 mg/m2, about 145 mg/m2, about 150 mg/m2, about 175 mg/m2, about 180 mg/m2, about 200 mg/m2, about 215 mg/m2 or about 260 mg/m2. In an embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor is administered IV once weekly or twice weekly. In any of the above embodiments, the cancer may be unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In any of the above embodiments, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma may have a BRAFV600E mutation. In any one of the above embodiments, the cancer may have a KRAS mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have an ALK mutation. In any one of the above
embodiments, the cancer may have a BRAF mutation.
[00136] In an embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject has proven refractory to other therapies but is no longer on these therapies, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, or colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In an embodiment, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAFV600E mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a KRAS mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has an ALK mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
[00137] In an embodiment, the method of treating a subject with cancer, wherein the subject has proven refractory to other therapies but is no longer on these therapies, includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a triazolone compound of 5-hydroxy-4- (5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®), wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, or colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is unresectable or metastatic melanoma. In an embodiment, the melanoma, or unrsectable melanoma, or metastatic melanoma has a BRAFV600E mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a KRAS mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has an ALK mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer has a BRAF mutation.
[00138] In a further embodiment, the method includes inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of formulae (I) or (la) or a compound in Table (1) or Table (2), or tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib
(Nexavar®).
[00139] In a further embodiment, the method includes inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of -(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy- [l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC- 0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
[00140] In a further embodiment, the method includes inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of -(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy- [l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of PLX-4032.
[00141] In a further embodiment, the method includes inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX- 4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®).
[00142] In a further embodiment, the method includes inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of PLX-4032.
[00143] In general, the recommended daily dose range of a triazolone compound for the conditions described herein lie within the range of from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg per day, given as a single once-a-day dose preferably as divided doses throughout a day. In an embodiment, the daily dose is administered twice daily in equally divided doses.
Specifically, a daily dose range should be from about 5 mg to about 500 mg per day, more specifically, between about 10 mg and about 200 mg per day. In managing the patient, the therapy should be initiated at a lower dose, perhaps about 1 mg to about 25 mg, and increased if necessary up to about 200 mg to about 1000 mg per day as either a single dose or divided doses, depending on the patient's global response. It may be necessary to use dosages of the active ingredient outside the ranges disclosed herein in some cases, as will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. Furthermore, it is noted that the clinician or treating physician will know how and when to interrupt, adjust, or terminate therapy in conjunction with individual patient response.
[00144] Different therapeutically effective amounts may be applicable for different cancers, as will be readily known by those of ordinary skill in the art. Similarly, amounts sufficient to prevent, manage, treat or ameliorate such cancers, but insufficient to cause, or sufficient to reduce, adverse effects associated with the triazolone compounds described herein are also encompassed by the above described dosage amounts and dose frequency schedules. Further, when a patient is administered multiple dosages of a triazolone compound described herein, not all of the dosages need be the same. For example, the dosage administered to the patient may be increased to improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect of the compound or it may be decreased to reduce one or more side effects that a particular patient is experiencing. [00145] In a specific embodiment, the dosage of the composition comprising a triazolone compound described herein administered to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate cancer, or one or more symptoms thereof in a patient is 150 g/kg, preferably 250 g/kg, 500 g/kg, 1 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 25 mg/kg, 50 mg/kg, 75 mg/kg, 100 mg/kg, 125 mg/kg, 150 mg/kg, or 200 mg/kg or more of a patient's body weight. In another embodiment, the dosage of the composition comprising a compound described herein administered to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate cancer, or one or more symptoms thereof in a patient is a unit dose of 0.1 mg to 20 mg, 0.1 mg to 15 mg, 0.1 mg to 12 mg, 0.1 mg to 10 mg, 0.1 mg to 8 mg, 0.1 mg to 7 mg, 0.1 mg to 5 mg, 0.1 to 2.5 mg, 0.25 mg to 20 mg, 0.25 to 15 mg, 0.25 to 12 mg, 0.25 to 10 mg, 0.25 to 8 mg, 0.25 mg to 7m g, 0.25 mg to 5 mg, 0.5 mg to 2.5 mg, 1 mg to 20 mg, 1 mg to 15 mg, 1 mg to 12 mg, 1 mg to 10 mg, 1 mg to 8 mg, 1 mg to 7 mg, 1 mg to 5 mg, or 1 mg to 2.5 mg. The unit dose can be administered 1, 2, 3, 4 or more times daily, or once every 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 days, or once weekly, once every two weeks, once every three weeks or once monthly.
[00146] In certain embodiments, when the triazolone compounds described herein are administered in combination with a BRAF inhibitor, the therapies are administered less than 5 minutes apart, less than 30 minutes apart, 1 hour apart, at about 1 hour apart, at about 1 to about 2 hours apart, at about 2 hours to about 3 hours apart, at about 3 hours to about 4 hours apart, at about 4 hours to about 5 hours apart, at about 5 hours to about 6 hours apart, at about 6 hours to about 7 hours apart, at about 7 hours to about 8 hours apart, at about 8 hours to about 9 hours apart, at about 9 hours to about 10 hours apart, at about 10 hours to about 11 hours apart, at about 11 hours to about 12 hours apart, at about 12 hours to 18 hours apart, 18 hours to 24 hours apart, 24 hours to 36 hours apart, 36 hours to 48 hours apart, 48 hours to 52 hours apart, 52 hours to 60 hours apart, 60 hours to 72 hours apart, 72 hours to 84 hours apart, 84 hours to 96 hours apart, or 96 hours to 120 hours part. In an embodiment, two or more therapies are administered within the same patient visit.
[00147] In certain embodiments, one or more compounds described herein and one or more other the therapies (e.g., therapeutic agents) are cyclically administered. Cycling therapy involves the administration of a first therapy (e.g., a first prophylactic or therapeutic agents) for a period of time, followed by the administration of a second therapy (e.g., a second prophylactic or therapeutic agents) for a period of time, followed by the administration of a third therapy (e.g., a third prophylactic or therapeutic agents) for a period of time and so forth, and repeating this sequential administration, i.e., the cycle in order to reduce the development of resistance to one of the agents, to avoid or reduce the side effects of one of the agents, and/or to improve the efficacy of the treatment.
[00148] In certain embodiments, administration of the same compound described herein may be repeated and the administrations may be separated by at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months. In other embodiments, administration of the same prophylactic or therapeutic agent may be repeated and the administration may be separated by at least at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months.
[00149] In a specific embodiment, a method of preventing, treating, managing, or ameliorating a proliferative disorders, such as cancer, or one or more symptoms thereof, the methods comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a dose of at least 150 g/kg, preferably at least 250 g/kg, at least 500 g/kg, at least 1 mg/kg, at least 5 mg/kg, at least 10 mg/kg, at least 25 mg/kg, at least 50 mg/kg, at least 75 mg/kg, at least 100 mg/kg, at least 125 mg/kg, at least 150 mg/kg, or at least 200 mg/kg or more of one or more compounds described herein once every day, preferably, once every 2 days, once every 3 days, once every 4 days, once every 5 days, once every 6 days, once every 7 days, once every 8 days, once every 10 days, once every two weeks, once every three weeks, or once a month.
Alternatively, the dose can be divided into portions (typically equal portions) administered two, three, four or more times a day.
[00150] In an embodiment, the invention also provides a method of treating cancer with a BRAF mutation comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of an Hsp90 inhibitor according to formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In an embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor is 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy- [l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In an embodiment, the Hsp90 inhibitor is 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H- l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In any one of the above embodiments, the cancer may be melanoma. In an embodiment, the cancer may be melanoma with a BRAF mutation. In an embodiment, the cancer may be melanoma with a BRAFV600E mutation.
[00151] In an embodiment, the invention also provides the use of a compound of formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a subject with cancer. In an embodiment, the invention further provides the use of a compound of formulae (I) or (la), or a compound in Tables 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a subject with a cancer, in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®). In an embodiment, the invention further provides the use of a compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a
medicament for the treatment of a subject with a cancer , in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®). In an embodiment, the invention further provides the use of a compound of 5-hydroxy-4-(5- hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a subject with a cancer , in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®). In an embodiment, the invention further provides the use of the compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a
medicament for the treatment of a subject with a cancer , in combination with PLX-4032. In an embodiment, the invention further provides the synergistic use of the compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a
medicament for the treatment of a subject with a cancer , in combination with PLX-4032. In an embodiment, the invention further provides the use of the compound of 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a
medicament for the treatment of a subject with a cancer , in combination with sorafenib. In an embodiment, the invention further provides the synergistic use of the compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a
medicament for the treatment of a subject with a cancer , in combination with sorafenib.
[00152] In an embodiment, the invention also provides a compound of formulae (I) or (la) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treating a subject with a cancer. In an embodiment, the invention also provides a compound of formulae (I) or (la) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®). In an embodiment, the invention also provides a compound of 3- (2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®). In an embodiment, the invention also provides a compound of 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 (vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, or sorafenib (Nexavar®). In an embodiment, the invention also provides a compound of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl- phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with PLX-4032. In an embodiment, the invention also provides a compound of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for synergistic use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with PLX-4032. In an embodiment, the invention also provides a compound of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5- hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with sorafenib. In an embodiment, the invention also provides a compound of 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl- indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4]triazole, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for synergistic use in treating a subject with cancer in combination with sorafenib. EXAMPLES
[00153] Activating mutations in BRAF(V600E) occur in 60% of melanoma, 50% of papillary thyroid cancer and 10% of colon cancer. BRAF inhibitors have elicited significant clinical response in melanomas but acquired resistance frequently develops after initial responses. Therefore, consideration of new treatment strategies to block activity of mutant BRAF and deter therapeutic resistance is warranted. Heat shock protein 90 (Hsp90) is a molecular chaperone required for the stability of hundreds of client proteins, including the RAF family of kinases, and has emerged as a highly relevant anticancer target. Compound 1 is a second generation, small molecule Hsp90 inhibitor currently being evaluated in multiple clinical trials. To investigate the potential for Compound 1 in the treatment of melanoma, we evaluated its activity as monotherapy and in combination with targeted agents in
BRAF(V600E) -addicted cancer models.
Combination of Ganetespib with BRAF inhibitor PLX-4032 (vemurafenib)
A. Materials and Methods
Cell Lines
[00154] Human melanoma cell lines carrying the V600E BRAF mutation (A375, SK-MEL- 28, RPMI-7951) and human prostate cancer cells (LNCaP, 22Rvl) were purchased from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA) and grown following ATCC
recommendations, in the presence of fetal bovine serum (10%), 2 mM L-glutamine and antibiotics (100 IU/ml penicillin and 100 g/ml streptomycin) purchased from Sigma Aldrich. Cells were maintained at 37°C, 5% CO2 atmosphere.
Western blotting
[00155] Cells, treated with compound for 24 hr, were lysed in RIPA buffer (CST, Danvers, MA, USA) on ice and clarified by centrifugation. Equal amounts of proteins were resolved by SDS-PAGE and immunoblotted with indicated antibodies. The antigen-antibody complex was visualized and quantitated using an Odyssey system (LI-COR, Lincoln, NE, USA). Cell Viability Assays
[00156] Cell viability was measured using the Cell Titer-Glo assay (Promega). In brief, cells were plated in 96-well plates in triplicate at optimal seeding density (determined empirically for each cell line) and incubated at 37°C, 5% CCfe atmosphere for 24 hr prior to the addition of drug or vehicle (0.3% DMSO) to the culture medium. At the end of the assay, Cell Titer-Glow was added to the wells per manufactures recommendation, shaken for two minutes and incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature. Luminescence (0.1 sec) was measured with a Victor II microplate reader (Perkin Elmer) and the resulting data were used to calculate cell viability, normalized to vehicle control.
Mouse studies
[00157] Six to seven week old, female CB17/Icr-Prfa/csc"7Crl (SCID) mice were obtained from Charles River Laboratories (Wilmington, Massachusetts, USA). Animals were housed 4-5/cage in micro-isolators, with a 12hr/12hr light/dark cycle, acclimated for at least 1 week prior to use and fed normal laboratory chow ad libitum. Animals were between seven to eight weeks of age at implantation. To implant A375 or 22Rvl tumor cells into SCID mice, cells were harvested by trypsinization, washed in PBS and resusupended at a concentration of 5 x 10(7) cells/mL in 50% non-supplemented medium and 50% Matrigel Basement Membrane Matrix (BD Biosciences; Bedford, Massachusetts, USA). Using a 27 gauge needle and 1 cc syringe, 5 x 10(6) cells in 0.1 mL of a cell suspension were injected subcutaneously into the flanks of SCID mice.
[00158] Tumors were then permitted to develop in vivo until the majority reached 95-195 mm3 in tumor volume. Animals with oblong, very small or large tumors were discarded and only animals carrying tumors that displayed consistent growth rates were selected for studies. Tumor volumes (V) were calculated by caliper measurement of the width (W), length (L) and thickness (T) of tumors using the following formula: V = 0.5236 x (L x W x T). Animals were randomized into treatment groups so that the average tumor volumes of each group were similar at the start of dosing.
[00159] Ganetespib was prepared by dissolving the appropriate amounts of the compound in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) by sonication in an ultrasonic water bath. Stock solutions were prepared weekly, stored at -20°C and diluted fresh each day for dosing. A solution of 20% Cremophor RH40 (polyoxyl 40 hydrogenated castor oil; BASF Corp., Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen, Germany) in 5% dextrose in water (Abbott Laboratories, North Chicago, Illinois, USA) was also prepared by first heating 100% Cremophor RH40 at 50-60°C until liquefied and clear, diluting 1:5 with 100% D5W, reheating again until clear and then mixing well. This solution can be stored at room temperature for up to 3 months prior to use. To prepare DRD formulations for daily dosing, DMSO stock solutions were diluted 1:10 with 20% Cremophor RH40. The final DRD formulation for dosing contained 10% DMSO, 18% Cremophor RH40, 3.6% dextrose, 68.4% water and the appropriate amount of test article. Animals were intravenously (i.v.) injected with this formulation at 10 mL per kg body weight 1 day each week. AZD6244 was prepared fresh in 0.5% carboxyl methyl cellulose and given orally 5 days per week. BEZ235 was prepared fresh in 90% PEG300/10% NMP given orally 5 days per week.
B. Results
[00160] The frequency of BRAF mutations in melanoma is greater than 80%.
Approximately 60% of those mutations are activating mutations in V600E [1]. Ganetespib showed considerable, low nanomolar activity in a large panel of human cancer cells harboring the V600E mutation in BRAF, with IC50 between 4 and 40 nM. (Table 1). At the protein level, ganetespib was fully capable of destabilizing mutant BRAF in A375 and SK- MEL-28 melanoma cells, resulting in the loss of MEK and ERK activity (Figure 1).
Importantly, ganetespib suppressed PI3K and mTOR-mediated phosphorylation of AKT and 4EBP1, and destabilized Cdc2, resulting in apoptosis as determined by PARP cleavage (Figure 2).
[00161] Ganetespib treatment displayed greater potency in
deactivating/dephosphorylating ERK than the BRAF inhibitor PLX-4032 (Selleck Chemicals, Houston, TX) or the MEK inhibitor AZD6244 (Selleck Chemicals, Houston, TX) (Figure 3). Compound 1 was also able to destabilize the BRAF dimerization partner CRAF. Combining ganetespib with PLX-4032 resulted in greater activity than either agent alone both in vitro and in vivo (Figures 4 and 6).
[00162] The BRAF inhibitor PLX-4032 has displayed an 81% response rate in a phase I trials of patients with metastatic melanoma whose tumors were positive for the BRAF V600E mutation confirming that effective suppression of BRAF can be an effective strategy for treating such patients [2]. While the initial response rate to PLX-4032 is high, acquired drug resistance frequently develops after initial responses. One such mechanism behind this resistance is through the upregulation of MAP3K8, encoding the kinase COT [3]. Shown in Figure 5, neither the MEK inhibitor AZD6244 nor the BRAF inhibitor PLX-4032 were capable of suppressing ERK phosphorylation in RPMI-7951 melanoma cells previously shown to overexpress COT [3]. In contrast, ganetespib effectively inhibited MEK and ERK activity, as well as AKT activity. As a result, ganetespib potently killed RPMI-7951 cells with an IC90 of 10 nM. As expected, neither AZD6244 nor PLX-4032 were capable of killing more than 40% of the cells at concentrations of 1 μΜ.
[00163] Taken together, ganetespib is highly effective in killing melanoma cells in at least two distinct ways. The first way is through destabilization of mutant BRAF. The second is through disruption of COT/ERK signaling in melanoma cells resistant to MEK and BRAF inhibitors.
Table 1. Compound 1 in a panel of BRAF mutant cancer cell lines
Ganetespib
Cell Line IC50 (nM) Histology BRAF Status
ACN 4 neuroblastoma V600 E
RKO 4 carcinoma V600 E
IST-M EL1 4 malignant melanoma V600 E
LS-41 1 N 5 carcinoma V600 E
COLO -829 5 malignant melanoma V600 E
HT-1 44 6 malignant melanoma V600 E
SK-H EP-1 9 carcinoma V600 E
A101 D 9 malignant melanoma V600 E
SW982 1 0 synovial sarcoma V600 E
K5 1 1 carcinoma V600 E
SH-4 1 2 malignant melanoma V600 E
DBTRG-05MG 1 4 glioma V600 E
SK-M EL-5 1 8 malignant melanoma V600 E
A375 20 malignant melanoma V600 E
HTC-C3 21 carcinoma V600 E
SW872 22 liposarcoma V600 E
UACC-257 24 malignant melanoma V600 E
RVH-421 26 malignant melanoma V600 E
MZ7-mel 26 malignant melanoma V600 E
MMAC-SF 31 malignant melanoma V600 E
1. Nazarian, R., et al., Melanomas acquire resistance to B-RAF(V600E) inhibition by RTK or N-RAS upregulation. Nature. 468(7326): p. 973-7. 2. Flaherty, K.T., et al., Inhibition of Mutated, Activated BRAF in Metastatic Melanoma. New England Journal of Medicine. 363(9): p. 809-819.
3. Johannessen, CM., et al., COT drives resistance to RAF inhibition through MAP kinase pathway reactivation. Nature. 468(7326): p. 968-72.
[00164] In conclusion, these data support the use of ganetespib in combination with a BRAF inhibitor such as PLX-4032 or sorafenib in treating cancer such as melanoma or non- small cell lung cancer. The data also support single agent use of ganetespib in treating cancer with a BRAF mutation.
[00165] All publications, patent applications, patents, and other documents cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples throughout the specification are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting in any way.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a BRAF inhibitor and an Hsp90 inhibitor according to the following formulae:
Figure imgf000072_0001
or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000072_0002
Ri is -H, -OH, -SH, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted heteraralkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, guanidino, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, an alkoxy or cycloalkoxy, a haloalkoxy, -NR10R11, -OR7, -C(0)R7, -C(0)OR7, -C(S)R7, -C(0)SR7, -C(S)SR7, -C(S)OR7, -C(S)NRioRii, -C(NRs)OR7, -C(NRs)R7, -C(NR8)NRioRu, -C(NRs)SR7, -OC(0)R7, -OC(0)OR7, -OC(S)OR7, -OC(NRs)OR7, -SC(0)R7, -SC(0)OR7, -SC(NRs)OR7, -OC(S)R7, -SC(S)R7, -SC(S)OR7, -OC(0)NRioRu, -OC(S)NRioRu, -OC(NR8)NRioRu, -SC(0)NRioRu, -SC(NR8)NRioRn, -SC(S)NRioRu,
-OC(NRs)R7, -SC(NRs)R7, -C(0)NRioRn, -NRsC(0)R7, -NR7C(S)R7,
-NR7C(S)OR7, -NR7C(NRs)R7, -NR7C(0)OR7, -NR7C(NRs)OR7, -NR7C(0)NRioRu, -NR7C(S)NRioRu, -NR7C(NR8)NRioRu, -SR7, -S(0)PR7, -OS(0)pR7, -OS(0)pOR7, -OS(0)pNRioRu, -S(0)POR7, -NR8S(0)PR7,
-NRTS(0)PNRIORII, -NR7S(0)pOR7, -S(0)PNRioRii, -SS(0)PR7, -SS(0)POR7,
-SS(0)pNRioRn, -OP(0)(OR7)2, or -SP(0)(OR7)2;
R2 is -H, -OH, -SH, -NR7H, -ORis, -SRis, -NHRis, -0(CH2)mOH, -0(CH2)mSH,
-0(CH2)mNR7H, -S(CH2)mOH, -S(CH2)mSH, -S(CH2)mNR7H, -OC(0)NRioRii, -SC(0)NRioRii, -NRTC(0)NRIORII, -OC(0)R7, -SC(0)R7, -NR7C(0)R7, -OC(0)OR7, -SC(0)OR7, -NRTC(0)OR7, -OCH2C(0)R7, -SCH2C(0)R7, -NR7CH2C(0)R7, -OCH2C(0)OR7, -SCH2C(0)OR7, -NR7CH2C(0)OR7, -OCH2C(0)NRioRu, -SCH2C(0)NRioRu, -NR7CH2C(0)NRioRn, -OS(0)PR7, -SS(0)pR7, -NR7S(0)pR7, -OS(0)pNRioRu, -SS(0)PNRioRu, -NR7S(0)PNRioRu, -OS(0)pOR7, -SS(0)pOR7, -NR7S(0)pOR7, -OC(S)R7, -SC(S)R7, -NR7C(S)R7, -OC(S)OR7, -SC(S)OR7, -NR7C(S)OR7, -OC(S)NRioRu, -SC(S)NRioRu, -NR7C(S)NRioRu, -OC(NRs)R7, -SC(NRs)R7, -NR7C(NRs)R7, -OC(NRs)OR7, -SC(NRs)OR7, -NR7C(NRs)OR7, -OC(NR8)NRioRu, -SC(NR8)NRioRu, or -NR7C(NR8)NRioRii;
R3 is -H, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an
optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted heteraralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, -C(0)R7, -(CH2)mC(0)OR7, -C(0)OR7, -OC(0)R7, -C(0)NRioRu, -S(0)PR7, -S(0)POR7, or -S(0)PNRioRu;
R4 is -H, -OH, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted heteraralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, guanidino, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, -C(0)R7, -C(0)OR7, -OC(0)R7, -C(0)NRioRu, -NRsC(0)R7, -SR7, -S(0)PR7, -OS(0)PR7, -S(0)pOR7, -NRsS(0)pR7, -S(0)pNRioRu, or R3 and Rt taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R7 and Rs, for each occurrence, are, independently, -H, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, or an optionally substituted heteraralkyl;
Rio and R11, for each occurrence, are independently -H, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, or an optionally substituted heteraralkyl; or Rio and Ru, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Ris, for each occurrence, is independently, a lower alkyl;
p, for each occurrence, is, independently, 1 or 2; and
m, for each occurrence, is independently, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
2. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the Hsp90 inhibitor is 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4] triazole or a tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the Hsp90 inhibitor is 5- hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the BRAF inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of vemurafenib, GDC-0879, PLX-4720, and sorafenib.
5. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 4, wherein the BRAF inhibitor is
vemurafenib.
6. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the Hsp90 inhibitor is 3-(2,4- dihydroxy-5-isopropyl-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4] triazole, or a tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the BRAF inhibitor is vemurafenib.
7. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the Hsp90 inhibitor is 5- hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2- isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the BRAF inhibitor is vemurafenib.
8. A method of treating cancer in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of claim 1.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ocular melanoma, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), advanced esophagogastric cancer, melanoma, hepatocellular cancer, solid tumor, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, testicular tumor, ovarian cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, anaplastic thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, Barrett's esophageal carcinoma, or colon cancer.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the cancer is breast cancer, gastric cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, ovarian cancer, melanoma, pancreatic cancer, or colorectal cancer.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the cancer is melanoma.
12. The method of claim 11, wherein the melanoma is unresectable or metastatic.
13. The method of claims 11 or 12, wherein the melanoma has a BRAFV600E mutation.
14. The method of claim 10, wherein the cancer is non-small cell lung cancer.
15. The method of claim 10, wherein the cancer is breast cancer.
16. A method of treating breast cancer, gastric cancer, non-small cell lung cancer,
ovarian cancer, melanoma, pancreatic cancer, or colorectal cancer in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of claim 1.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the Hsp90 inhibitor is 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl- phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4] triazole, or a tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the BRAF inhibitor is vemurafenib.
18. A method of inhibiting the growth of a cancer or tumor cell in a subject, the method comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of formulae (I) or (la) as defined in claim 1, and (b) exposing the cell to an effective amount of a BRAF inhibitor, wherein the BRAF inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of vemurafenib, GDC-0879, PLX-4720, and sorafenib.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound is 3-(2,4-dihydroxy-5-isopropyl- phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-indol-5-yl)-5-hydroxy-[l,2,4] triazole, or a tautomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the BRAF inhibitor is vemurafenib.
20. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound is 5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-(l- methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-2-isopropylphenyl dihydrogen phosphate, or a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the BRAF inhibitor is vemurafenib.
PCT/US2012/064967 2011-11-14 2012-11-14 Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitors with braf inhibitors WO2013074594A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014542393A JP2014533299A (en) 2011-11-14 2012-11-14 Combination therapy of BRAF inhibitor and HSP90 inhibitor
EP12794829.7A EP2780010A1 (en) 2011-11-14 2012-11-14 Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitors with braf inhibitors
US14/356,232 US9402831B2 (en) 2011-11-14 2012-11-14 Combination therapy of HSP90 inhibitors with BRAF inhibitors
AU2012339679A AU2012339679A1 (en) 2011-11-14 2012-11-14 Combination therapy of Hsp90 inhibitors with BRAF inhibitors
CA2854188A CA2854188A1 (en) 2011-11-14 2012-11-14 Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitors with braf inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161559486P 2011-11-14 2011-11-14
US61/559,486 2011-11-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013074594A1 true WO2013074594A1 (en) 2013-05-23

Family

ID=47278530

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2012/064967 WO2013074594A1 (en) 2011-11-14 2012-11-14 Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitors with braf inhibitors

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US9402831B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2780010A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2014533299A (en)
AU (1) AU2012339679A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2854188A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2013074594A1 (en)

Cited By (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014107718A2 (en) * 2013-01-07 2014-07-10 H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center And Research Institute, Inc. Heat shock protein (hsp) inhibition and monitoring effectiveness thereof
JP2015114312A (en) * 2013-12-16 2015-06-22 日本化薬株式会社 Method of predicting antitumor effect of hsp90 inhibitor in cancer treatment
WO2015095819A2 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Biomed Valley Discoveries, Inc. Cancer treatment using combinations of erk and raf inhibitors
WO2016024230A1 (en) 2014-08-11 2016-02-18 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of a btk inhibitor, a pi3k inhibitor, a jak-2 inhibitor, and/or a bcl-2 inhibitor
WO2016024231A1 (en) 2014-08-11 2016-02-18 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of a btk inhibitor, a pi3k inhibitor, a jak-2 inhibitor, a pd-1 inhibitor and/or a pd-l1 inhibitor
WO2016024232A1 (en) 2014-08-11 2016-02-18 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of a btk inhibitor, a pi3k inhibitor, a jak-2 inhibitor and/or a cdk 4/6 inhibitor
US9556166B2 (en) 2011-05-12 2017-01-31 Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. Proteostasis regulators
US9573936B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2017-02-21 Amgen Inc. Triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US9849135B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2017-12-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College USP14 inhibitors for treating or preventing viral infections
US9850262B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2017-12-26 Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. Proteasome activity enhancing compounds
US9988369B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2018-06-05 Amgen Inc. Heterocyclic triazole compounds as agonists of the APJ receptor
US10005765B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2018-06-26 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as ERBB tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
EP3375455A1 (en) * 2017-03-15 2018-09-19 Les Hôpitaux Universitaires de Genève Agents enhancing hur/elav protein levels for use in the treatment of braf-mutated cancers
US10202398B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2019-02-12 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as ERBB tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
US10351568B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2019-07-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Compositions and methods for enhancing proteasome activity
US10590108B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2020-03-17 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazoles for use in the treatment of cancer and inflammatory diseases
US10689367B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2020-06-23 Amgen Inc. Triazole pyridyl compounds as agonists of the APJ receptor
US10736883B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2020-08-11 Amgen Inc. Triazole furan compounds as agonists of the APJ receptor
US10906890B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2021-02-02 Amgen Inc. Triazole phenyl compounds as agonists of the APJ receptor
US11020395B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2021-06-01 Amgen Inc. Cycloalkyl substituted triazole compounds as agonists of the APJ receptor
US11040027B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2021-06-22 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
US11046680B1 (en) 2016-11-16 2021-06-29 Amgen Inc. Heteroaryl-substituted triazoles as APJ receptor agonists
US11149040B2 (en) 2017-11-03 2021-10-19 Amgen Inc. Fused triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US11191762B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2021-12-07 Amgen Inc. Alkyl substituted triazole compounds as agonists of the APJ Receptor
US11807624B2 (en) 2018-05-01 2023-11-07 Amgen Inc. Substituted pyrimidinones as agonists of the APJ receptor

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2035396B1 (en) 2006-05-25 2014-05-14 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
US8450500B2 (en) 2008-06-04 2013-05-28 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Pyrrole compounds that modulate HSP90 activity
EP2323737A2 (en) 2008-08-08 2011-05-25 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
US9205086B2 (en) 2010-04-19 2015-12-08 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Cancer therapy using a combination of a Hsp90 inhibitory compounds and a EGFR inhibitor
WO2013067162A1 (en) 2011-11-02 2013-05-10 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Cancer therapy using a combination of hsp90 inhibitors with topoisomerase i inhibitors
CA2853806C (en) 2011-11-02 2020-07-14 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitors with platinum-containing agents
WO2018200981A1 (en) * 2017-04-28 2018-11-01 Quartz Therapeutics, Inc. Raf-degrading conjugate compounds

Citations (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3536809A (en) 1969-02-17 1970-10-27 Alza Corp Medication method
US3598123A (en) 1969-04-01 1971-08-10 Alza Corp Bandage for administering drugs
US3845770A (en) 1972-06-05 1974-11-05 Alza Corp Osmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US3916899A (en) 1973-04-25 1975-11-04 Alza Corp Osmotic dispensing device with maximum and minimum sizes for the passageway
US4008719A (en) 1976-02-02 1977-02-22 Alza Corporation Osmotic system having laminar arrangement for programming delivery of active agent
US5059595A (en) 1989-03-22 1991-10-22 Bioresearch, S.P.A. Pharmaceutical compositions containing 5-methyltetrahydrofolic acid, 5-formyltetrahydrofolic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts in controlled-release form active in the therapy of organic mental disturbances
US5073543A (en) 1988-07-21 1991-12-17 G. D. Searle & Co. Controlled release formulations of trophic factors in ganglioside-lipsome vehicle
US5120548A (en) 1989-11-07 1992-06-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Swelling modulated polymeric drug delivery device
US5354556A (en) 1984-10-30 1994-10-11 Elan Corporation, Plc Controlled release powder and process for its preparation
US5529925A (en) 1993-12-03 1996-06-25 St. Jude Children's Research Hospital Nucleic acid sequences and fusion proteins present in human t(2;5) lymphoma
US5591767A (en) 1993-01-25 1997-01-07 Pharmetrix Corporation Liquid reservoir transdermal patch for the administration of ketorolac
US5639476A (en) 1992-01-27 1997-06-17 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Controlled release formulations coated with aqueous dispersions of acrylic polymers
US5674533A (en) 1994-07-07 1997-10-07 Recordati, S.A., Chemical And Pharmaceutical Company Pharmaceutical composition for the controlled release of moguisteine in a liquid suspension
US5733566A (en) 1990-05-15 1998-03-31 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics Inc. Ii Controlled release of antiparasitic agents in animals
US20060167070A1 (en) 2004-11-18 2006-07-27 Weiwen Ying Triazole compounds that modulate Hsp90 activity
WO2009023211A1 (en) 2007-08-13 2009-02-19 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
US7700339B2 (en) 2006-04-14 2010-04-20 Cell Signaling Technology, Inc. Gene defects and mutant ALK kinase in human solid tumors
US20110110923A1 (en) 2008-02-12 2011-05-12 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Fish assay for eml4 and alk fusion in lung cancer
WO2011133521A2 (en) * 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Cancer therapy using a combination of a hsp90 inhibitory compounds and a vegf inhibitor
WO2011149824A1 (en) * 2010-05-24 2011-12-01 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Cancer therapy using a combination of a hsp90 inhibitory compound and a topoisomerase ii inhibitor

Family Cites Families (198)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE1001992C2 (en) 1954-05-10 1957-07-11 Hoechst Ag Process for the preparation of 3, 5-di- (2'-anthraquinonyl) -4-phenyl-1, 2, 4-triazoles
US2898343A (en) 1957-11-18 1959-08-04 American Cyanamid Co Anthraquinone triazoles
GB928919A (en) 1960-08-16 1963-06-19 Bellon Labor Sa Roger Triazole derivatives and a process for their preparation
US3898272A (en) 1966-05-06 1975-08-05 Bayer Ag Thionosalicylic acid anilides
DE1805156B2 (en) 1968-10-25 1976-01-29 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF 2-ACYLOXYTHIONOBENZAMIDES
US4178253A (en) 1977-04-05 1979-12-11 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Corrosion inhibited lubricant compositions
US4269846A (en) 1979-10-29 1981-05-26 Usv Pharmaceutical Corporation Heterocyclic compounds useful as anti-allergy agents
JPS5770820A (en) 1980-10-20 1982-05-01 Haruo Ogura Immunoregulating agent
JPS5910574A (en) 1982-07-07 1984-01-20 Fujisawa Pharmaceut Co Ltd Triazole derivative and its preparation
FR2546887B1 (en) 1983-05-30 1985-08-30 Paris 7 Universite PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF 2,4-DIHYDRO-TRIAZOL-1,2,4 THIONES-3 DISUBSTITUTED IN POSITIONS 4 AND 5 AND NOVEL COMPOUNDS THAT CAN BE PREPARED BY THIS PROCESS
US4740568A (en) 1985-04-09 1988-04-26 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Triazolinethione-containing polymer
US4624995A (en) 1985-04-09 1986-11-25 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Triazolinethione-containing polymer
US5436252A (en) 1986-12-19 1995-07-25 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. 5-aryl-3H-1,2,4-triazol-3-ones and their use in the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders
US5006650A (en) 1987-02-11 1991-04-09 The Upjohn Company Novel N-1 substituted beta-lactams as antibiotics
DE3729070A1 (en) 1987-09-01 1989-03-09 Bayer Ag SUBSTITUTED TRIAZOLINONES
US5241074A (en) 1988-05-09 1993-08-31 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Sulphonylaminocarbonyltriazolinones
US5219722A (en) 1990-09-21 1993-06-15 Konica Corporation Silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material
CZ283018B6 (en) 1991-02-01 1997-12-17 Merck Sharp And Dohme Limited Imidazole, triazole and tetrazole derivatives, process of their preparation, their use and pharmaceuticals based thereon
US5356897A (en) 1991-09-09 1994-10-18 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 3-(heteroaryl)-pyrazololi[1,5-a]pyrimidines
EP0630374B1 (en) 1992-03-13 2001-09-05 MERCK SHARP & DOHME LTD. Imidazole, triazole and tetrazole derivatives
TW218017B (en) 1992-04-28 1993-12-21 Takeda Pharm Industry Co Ltd
DE4222771A1 (en) 1992-07-10 1994-01-13 Bayer Ag Heterocyclyltriazolinones
DE4234801A1 (en) 1992-10-15 1994-04-21 Bayer Ag Sulfonylaminocarbonyltriazolinone
DE4303376A1 (en) 1993-02-05 1994-08-11 Bayer Ag Substituted triazolinones
DE4303676A1 (en) 1993-02-09 1994-08-11 Bayer Ag 1-aryltriazolin (thi) one
DE4411913A1 (en) 1994-04-07 1995-10-12 Bayer Ag Substituted sulfonylaminocarbonyltriazolinones
US5538988A (en) 1994-04-26 1996-07-23 Martinez; Gregory R. Benzocycloalkylazolethione derivatives
US5489598A (en) 1994-06-08 1996-02-06 Warner-Lambert Company Cytoprotection utilizing aryltriazol-3-thiones
JP3372365B2 (en) 1994-08-19 2003-02-04 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Silver halide photographic material and image forming method using the same
US5525625A (en) 1995-01-24 1996-06-11 Warner-Lambert Company 2-(2-Amino-3-methoxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-[1]benzopyran for treating proliferative disorders
DE19502579A1 (en) 1995-01-27 1996-08-01 Bayer Ag Sulfonylamino (thio) carbonyl-triazolin (thi) one
US6080772A (en) 1995-06-07 2000-06-27 Sugen, Inc. Thiazole compounds and methods of modulating signal transduction
DE19521162A1 (en) 1995-06-09 1996-12-12 Bayer Ag N-aryl-1,2,4-triazolin-5-one
DE19525162A1 (en) 1995-07-11 1997-01-16 Bayer Ag Sulfonylamino (thio) carbonyl compounds
JP4108747B2 (en) 1995-07-13 2008-06-25 アボット ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング ウント コンパニー コマンディトゲゼルシャフト Piperazine derivatives as therapeutic agents
DE19540737A1 (en) 1995-11-02 1997-05-07 Bayer Ag Substituted sulfonylamino (thio) carbonyl compounds
DE19609059A1 (en) 1996-03-08 1997-09-11 Bayer Ag Substituted arylsulfonylamino (thio) carbonyl-triazolin (thi) one
ZA974703B (en) 1996-05-30 1997-12-30 Bayer Ag Substituted sulfonylamino(thio)carbonyl compounds.
TW467902B (en) 1996-07-31 2001-12-11 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Diphenyl heterocycles as potassium channel modulators
DE19632945A1 (en) 1996-08-16 1998-02-19 Bayer Ag Substituted sulfonylamino (thio) carbonyl compounds
CA2269617A1 (en) 1996-11-12 1998-05-22 Chris H. Senanayake 2r,4s,r,s- and 2s,4r,r,s-hydroxyitraconazole- and hydroxysaperconazole derivatives
US6458373B1 (en) 1997-01-07 2002-10-01 Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Emulsion vehicle for poorly soluble drugs
US5968921A (en) 1997-10-24 1999-10-19 Orgegon Health Sciences University Compositions and methods for promoting nerve regeneration
JP3788676B2 (en) 1997-11-11 2006-06-21 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescent device material and organic electroluminescent device using the same
AR017200A1 (en) 1997-12-23 2001-08-22 Astrazeneca Ab INHIBITING COMPOUNDS OF PROTEIN CINASE C, PHARMACEUTICALLY ACCEPTABLE SALTS OF THE SAME, PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS THAT UNDERSTAND THEM, USE THE SAME AND PROCESS FOR THE SYNTHESIS OF SUCH COMPOUNDS
US6583090B1 (en) 1998-03-09 2003-06-24 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Hetaryl-substituted benzyl phenyl ethers, method for the production thereof, and their use for combating harmful fungi and animal pests
US6747055B1 (en) 1998-07-17 2004-06-08 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Water-soluble drugs and methods for their production
US6858598B1 (en) 1998-12-23 2005-02-22 G. D. Searle & Co. Method of using a matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor and one or more antineoplastic agents as a combination therapy in the treatment of neoplasia
JP2000284412A (en) 1999-03-30 2000-10-13 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Heat developable photographic material
US6492406B1 (en) 1999-05-21 2002-12-10 Astrazeneca Ab Pharmaceutically active compounds
SE9902387D0 (en) 1999-06-22 1999-06-22 Astra Ab New pharmaceutically active compounds
US20040110684A1 (en) 1999-08-02 2004-06-10 Universite Catholique De Louvain Novel pharmaceutical compositions for modulating angiogenesis
US6921763B2 (en) 1999-09-17 2005-07-26 Abbott Laboratories Pyrazolopyrimidines as therapeutic agents
AU7989400A (en) 1999-10-01 2001-05-10 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Compounds and methods
WO2001072779A1 (en) 2000-03-24 2001-10-04 Duke University Characterization of grp94-ligand interactions and purification, screening, and therapeutic methods relating thereto
US20030216385A1 (en) 2000-05-19 2003-11-20 Takahiko Tobe Triazole derivatives
WO2002002123A1 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-01-10 Trustees Of Boston University Use of geldanamycin and related compounds for prophylaxis or treatment of fibrogenic disorders
HU230251B1 (en) 2000-07-19 2015-11-30 Warner-Lambert Co. Ester derivatives of 4-iodo phenylamino benzhydroxamic acids and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US6946456B2 (en) 2000-07-28 2005-09-20 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Methods for treating cell proliferative disorders and viral infections
EP2308515A1 (en) 2000-11-02 2011-04-13 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Methods for enhancing the efficacy of cytotoxic agents through the use of HSP90 inhibitors
WO2002066447A1 (en) 2001-02-21 2002-08-29 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 4h-1,2,4-triazole-3(2h)-thione deratives as sphingomyelinase inhibitors
WO2002069900A2 (en) 2001-03-01 2002-09-12 Conforma Therapeutics Corp. Methods for treating genetically-defined proliferative disorders with hsp90 inhibitors
EP1370557B1 (en) 2001-03-09 2005-11-16 Pfizer Products Inc. Benzimidazole anti-inflammatory compounds
WO2002094259A1 (en) 2001-05-03 2002-11-28 MAX-PLANCK-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Compounds that inhibit hsp90 and stimulate hsp70 and hsp40, useful in the prevention or treatment of diseases associated with protein aggregation and amyloid formation
JP2004529188A (en) 2001-05-23 2004-09-24 スローン − ケッタリング インスティチュート フォー キャンサー リサーチ Treatment of cancer associated with elevation
HU228844B1 (en) 2001-05-24 2013-06-28 Lilly Co Eli Pyrrole derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
JP4102124B2 (en) 2001-08-01 2008-06-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Silver halide emulsion and silver halide photographic light-sensitive material
WO2003013430A2 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-02-20 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Benzoquinone ansamycins
AU2002323475B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2006-09-28 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp 2-aroylimidazole compounds for treating cancer
US7473695B2 (en) 2001-10-22 2009-01-06 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation 4-imidazolin-2-one compounds
US20050154039A1 (en) 2001-11-28 2005-07-14 Marie-Odile Glacera Contour 5-Sulphanyl-4h-1,2,4-triazole derivatives and their use as medicine
AU2002365899B2 (en) 2001-12-04 2007-09-13 Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. RAF-MEK-ERK pathway inhibitors to treat cancer
WO2003050295A2 (en) 2001-12-12 2003-06-19 Conforma Therapeutics Corporation Assays and implements for determining and modulating hsp90 binding activity
EP1456180B1 (en) 2001-12-21 2007-10-03 Vernalis (Cambridge) Limited 3-(2,4)dihydroxyphenyl-4-phenylpyrazoles and their medical use
PL401637A1 (en) 2002-03-13 2013-05-27 Array Biopharma Inc. N3 alkylated benzimidazole derivatives as MEK inhibitors
GB0207362D0 (en) 2002-03-28 2002-05-08 Univ Liverpool Chemotherapy
GB0208516D0 (en) 2002-04-15 2002-05-22 Univ Liverpool Chemotherapy
BR0316238A (en) 2002-11-15 2005-10-11 Warner Lambert Co Combination chemotherapy comprising a mek and capecitabine inhibitor for cancer treatment
GB0228417D0 (en) 2002-12-05 2003-01-08 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Pyrazole compounds
GB0229618D0 (en) 2002-12-19 2003-01-22 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Pyrazole compounds
JP4921162B2 (en) 2003-02-11 2012-04-25 ヴァーナリス(ケンブリッジ)リミテッド Isoxazole compounds as inhibitors of heat shock proteins
EP1457499A1 (en) 2003-03-12 2004-09-15 Tufts University School Of Medicine Inhibitors of extracellular Hsp90
JP2006514994A (en) 2003-03-13 2006-05-18 コンフォーマ・セラピューティクス・コーポレイション Pharmaceutical formulations with long and medium chain triglycerides
JP2006522745A (en) 2003-04-11 2006-10-05 ノボ ノルディスク アクティーゼルスカブ Pharmaceutical use of substituted 1,2,4-triazoles
JP2006522750A (en) 2003-04-11 2006-10-05 ノボ ノルディスク アクティーゼルスカブ Combination therapy using 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 inhibitors and antihypertensive agents to treat metabolic syndrome and related diseases and disorders
WO2004089415A2 (en) 2003-04-11 2004-10-21 Novo Nordisk A/S COMBINATIONS OF AN 11β-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE 1 INHIBITOR AND A GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR AGONIST
US7378233B2 (en) 2003-04-12 2008-05-27 The Johns Hopkins University BRAF mutation T1796A in thyroid cancers
DE10318020A1 (en) 2003-04-19 2004-11-11 Repower Systems Ag Lattice tower for a wind turbine
SE0301232D0 (en) 2003-04-25 2003-04-25 Astrazeneca Ab Novel use
GB0309637D0 (en) 2003-04-28 2003-06-04 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Pyrazole compounds
US20050020534A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2005-01-27 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Method for treating diseases using HSP90-inhibiting agents in combination with antimetabolites
US20050020557A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2005-01-27 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Method for treating diseases using HSP90-inhibiting agents in combination with enzyme inhibitors
US7691838B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2010-04-06 Kosan Biosciences Incorporated Method for treating diseases using HSP90-inhibiting agents in combination with antimitotics
US20050020556A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2005-01-27 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Method for treating diseases using HSP90-inhibiting agents in combination with platinum coordination complexes
US20050054625A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2005-03-10 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Method for treating diseases using HSP90-inhibiting agents in combination with nuclear export inhibitors
US20050054589A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2005-03-10 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Method for treating diseases using HSP90-inhibiting agents in combination with antibiotics
US20050026893A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2005-02-03 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Method for treating diseases using HSP90-inhibiting agents in combination with immunosuppressants
US20050019918A1 (en) 2003-06-03 2005-01-27 Hidetoshi Sumimoto Treatment of cancer by inhibiting BRAF expression
JP4580932B2 (en) 2003-06-12 2010-11-17 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション Prodrugs of mitotic kinesin inhibitors
GB0315111D0 (en) 2003-06-27 2003-07-30 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Substituted 5-membered ring compounds and their use
ATE389651T1 (en) 2003-08-15 2008-04-15 Vertex Pharma PYRROLE COMPOSITIONS SUITABLE AS INHIBITORS OF C-MET
JP2005084612A (en) 2003-09-11 2005-03-31 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Silver halide emulsion, silver halide photosensitive material and heat developable photosensitive material
MXPA06003163A (en) 2003-09-23 2006-06-05 Novartis Ag Combination of a vegf receptor inhibitor with a chemotherapeutic agent.
WO2005040345A2 (en) 2003-09-24 2005-05-06 Vertex Pharmceuticals Incorporated 4-azole substituted imidazole compositions useful as inhibitors or c-met receptor tyrosine kinase
US20050085531A1 (en) 2003-10-03 2005-04-21 Hodge Carl N. Thiophene-based compounds exhibiting ATP-utilizing enzyme inhibitory activity, and compositions, and uses thereof
EP1677786A1 (en) 2003-10-18 2006-07-12 Bayer HealthCare AG 5-substituted 2-(phenylmethyl)thio-4-phenyl-4h-1,2,4-triazole derivatives and related compounds as gaba-agonists for the treatment of urinary incontinence and related diseases
WO2005041879A2 (en) 2003-10-28 2005-05-12 Pharmacia Corporation COMBINATIONS COMPRISING AN Hsp90 INHIBITOR AND A PHOPHODIESTERASE INHIBITOR FOR TREATING OR PREVENTING NEOPLASIA
WO2005044194A2 (en) 2003-10-28 2005-05-19 Pharmacia Corporation TREATMENT OR PREVENTION OF NEOPLASIA BY USE OF AN Hsp90 INHIBITOR
US6855705B1 (en) 2003-11-12 2005-02-15 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. 11-O-methylgeldanamycin compounds
WO2005087750A1 (en) 2004-03-08 2005-09-22 Wyeth Ion channel modulators
US20050288347A1 (en) 2004-03-26 2005-12-29 Hodge Carl N Certain triazole-based compounds, compositions, and uses thereof
WO2005105077A1 (en) 2004-04-28 2005-11-10 Massachusetts Eye & Ear Infirmary Inflammatory eye disease
EP2592155B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2019-09-11 Genentech, Inc. EGFR mutations
GB0416168D0 (en) 2004-07-20 2004-08-18 Vernalis Cambridge Ltd Pyrmidothiophene compounds
DE102004039280A1 (en) 2004-08-13 2006-02-23 Merck Patent Gmbh 1,5-diphenyl-pyrazoles
US20060078494A1 (en) 2004-09-24 2006-04-13 Sapphire Therapeutics, Inc. Use of inhibitors of 24-hydroxylase in the treatment of cancer
DE102004049078A1 (en) 2004-10-08 2006-04-13 Merck Patent Gmbh phenylpyrazoles
CA2588350A1 (en) 2004-10-25 2006-05-04 University Of Medicine And Dentistry Of New Jersey Anti-mitotic anti-proliferative compounds
JP2008518964A (en) 2004-11-01 2008-06-05 ユニバーシティ オブ サザン カリフォルニア Novel compounds for the treatment of cancer and diseases associated with angiogenic function
WO2006061712A2 (en) 2004-12-10 2006-06-15 Pfizer Inc. Use of mek inhibitors in treating abnormal cell growth
DE102005007304A1 (en) 2005-02-17 2006-08-24 Merck Patent Gmbh triazole derivatives
MX2007010227A (en) 2005-02-25 2007-11-07 Serenex Inc Tetrahydroindolone and tetrahydroindazolone derivatives.
CA2598899A1 (en) 2005-03-09 2006-09-14 Nippon Kayaku Kabushiki Kaisha Novel hsp90 inhibitor
US8399464B2 (en) 2005-03-09 2013-03-19 Nippon Kayaku Kabushiki Kaisha HSP90 inhibitor
JP2008137894A (en) 2005-03-22 2008-06-19 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd New acetylene derivative
CA2608904A1 (en) 2005-07-06 2007-09-07 Sicor Inc. Improved process for the preparation of letrozole
US7781462B2 (en) 2005-07-25 2010-08-24 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Compounds for the treatment of proliferative disorders
US7473784B2 (en) 2005-08-01 2009-01-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Benzothiazole and azabenzothiazole compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
CA2618377A1 (en) 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Pyrazole compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
JP5118039B2 (en) 2005-08-18 2013-01-16 シンタ ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレーション Triazole compounds that modulate HSP90 activity
CA2618724A1 (en) 2005-08-18 2007-02-22 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Imidazole compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
RU2008141761A (en) 2006-03-22 2010-04-27 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед (Us) C-MET PROTEINKINASE INHIBITORS
WO2007132867A1 (en) 2006-05-15 2007-11-22 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Prophylactic and therapeutic agent for cancer
DE102006023337A1 (en) 2006-05-18 2007-11-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Triazole derivatives II
EP2035396B1 (en) 2006-05-25 2014-05-14 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
EP2038262B1 (en) 2006-05-25 2014-11-12 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
AU2012200157B2 (en) 2006-05-25 2014-08-21 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Method for treating proliferative disorders associated with protooncogene products
US8063083B2 (en) 2006-05-25 2011-11-22 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Method for treating non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
AU2007267847B2 (en) 2006-05-25 2012-04-12 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole compounds that modulate Hsp90 activity
CA2653327A1 (en) 2006-05-25 2007-12-06 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Compounds that modulate hsp90 activity and methods for identifying same
TW200800260A (en) 2006-05-25 2008-01-01 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp Method for treating proliferative disorders associated with protooncogene products
WO2007139952A2 (en) 2006-05-25 2007-12-06 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Method for the preparation of triazole compounds with hsp90 modulating activity
US8188075B2 (en) 2006-08-17 2012-05-29 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole compounds that modulate HSP90 activity
US20110046125A1 (en) 2006-10-19 2011-02-24 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Method for treating infections
US20100280032A1 (en) 2006-10-26 2010-11-04 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Method for treating inflammatory disorders
DE102007002715A1 (en) 2007-01-18 2008-07-24 Merck Patent Gmbh triazole
BRPI0807219A2 (en) 2007-02-08 2015-05-26 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp Thiazole Compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
TW200901960A (en) 2007-03-05 2009-01-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kk Pharmaceutical composition
US8993608B2 (en) 2007-03-12 2015-03-31 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Method for inhibiting topoisomerase II
AU2008232354B9 (en) 2007-03-27 2012-07-26 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazinone and diazinone derivatives useful as Hsp90 inhibitors
WO2008125633A2 (en) 2007-04-13 2008-10-23 Rikshospitalet - Radiumhospitalet Hf Egfr inhibitors for treatment and diagnosis of metastatic prostate cancer
WO2008153730A2 (en) 2007-05-25 2008-12-18 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Method for treating proliferative disorders associated with mutations in c-met
WO2008156573A1 (en) 2007-06-12 2008-12-24 Provid Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kinase inhibitors, compositions thereof, and methods of use therewith
US20080318241A1 (en) 2007-06-18 2008-12-25 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Methods and Systems for Detecting Antiangiogenesis
CN103169973A (en) 2007-11-12 2013-06-26 彼帕科学公司 Treatment of breast cancer with iodonitrobenzamides in combination with anti-tumor agents
US20110053879A1 (en) 2008-02-08 2011-03-03 Poniard Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Picoplatin and amrubicin to treat lung cancer
US20090232906A1 (en) 2008-03-14 2009-09-17 Bionumerik Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment methods and compositions for lung cancer, adenocarcinoma, and other medical conditions
WO2009139916A1 (en) 2008-05-16 2009-11-19 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Tricyclic triazole compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
US8450500B2 (en) 2008-06-04 2013-05-28 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Pyrrole compounds that modulate HSP90 activity
WO2009158026A1 (en) 2008-06-27 2009-12-30 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Hydrazonamide compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
ES2415234T3 (en) 2008-08-08 2013-07-24 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole compounds that modulate Hsp90 activity
EP2323737A2 (en) 2008-08-08 2011-05-25 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
WO2010020618A1 (en) 2008-08-18 2010-02-25 MAX-PLANCK-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Susceptibility to hsp90-inhibitors
EP2370076B1 (en) 2008-11-28 2017-01-04 Novartis AG Pharmaceutical combination comprising a Hsp 90 inhibitor and a mTOR inhibitor
US20100209929A1 (en) 2009-01-14 2010-08-19 Nodality, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Multiple mechanisms for modulation of jak/stat activity
WO2010138377A1 (en) 2009-05-28 2010-12-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Compositions and methods for treating cancer
NZ622713A (en) * 2009-10-19 2015-07-31 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp Combination cancer therapy with hsp90 inhibitory compounds
EP2499486A4 (en) 2009-11-13 2013-11-27 Infinity Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions, kits, and methods for identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of cancer
EP2333103A1 (en) 2009-12-11 2011-06-15 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Differential diagnosis and therapy for kinase inhibitors
US9205086B2 (en) 2010-04-19 2015-12-08 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Cancer therapy using a combination of a Hsp90 inhibitory compounds and a EGFR inhibitor
US20130172333A1 (en) 2010-05-20 2013-07-04 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Formulation and dosing of hsp90 inhibitory compounds
WO2011146803A1 (en) 2010-05-20 2011-11-24 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Method of treating lung adenocarcinoma with hsp90 inhibitory compounds
US20130225870A1 (en) 2010-08-25 2013-08-29 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Method of synthesizing substituted 2-alkyl phenols
EP2616063A1 (en) 2010-09-13 2013-07-24 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Hsp90 inhibitors for treating non-small cell lung cancers in wild-type egfr and/or kras patients
CA2817564A1 (en) 2010-11-18 2012-05-24 Ronald K. Blackman Preselection of subjects for therapeutic treatment based on hypoxic status
WO2012068487A1 (en) 2010-11-18 2012-05-24 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Preselection of subjects for therapeutic treatment with oxygen sensitive agents based on hypoxic status
EP2648708A2 (en) 2010-12-08 2013-10-16 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Combination for breast cancer therapy with hsp90 inhibitory compounds
US20130331357A1 (en) 2011-01-11 2013-12-12 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitory compounds with proteasome inhibitors
WO2012116061A1 (en) 2011-02-23 2012-08-30 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitory compounds with radiotherapy
CN103391779A (en) 2011-02-24 2013-11-13 辛塔医药品有限公司 Prostate cancer therapy with HSP90 inhibitory compounds
WO2012116247A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Hsp90 inhibitory compounds in treating jak/stat signaling-mediated cancers
ES2590778T3 (en) * 2011-02-28 2016-11-23 Calitor Sciences, Llc Quinoline Substituted Compounds   
WO2012155063A1 (en) 2011-05-11 2012-11-15 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Treating cancer with an hsp90 inhibitory compound
EP2714039A1 (en) 2011-05-23 2014-04-09 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitory compounds with mek inhibitors
WO2012162372A1 (en) 2011-05-24 2012-11-29 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitory compounds with mtor/p13k inhibitors
WO2012162584A1 (en) 2011-05-26 2012-11-29 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitory compounds with chk inhibitors
US8906885B2 (en) 2011-07-07 2014-12-09 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Treating cancer with HSP90 inhibitory compounds
WO2013028505A1 (en) 2011-08-19 2013-02-28 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Combination cancer therapy of hsp90 inhibitor with antimetabolite
US8628752B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2014-01-14 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Methods of identifying HSP90 inhibitors with less ocular toxicity
WO2013067162A1 (en) 2011-11-02 2013-05-10 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Cancer therapy using a combination of hsp90 inhibitors with topoisomerase i inhibitors
CA2853806C (en) 2011-11-02 2020-07-14 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitors with platinum-containing agents
CA2868258A1 (en) 2012-03-28 2013-10-03 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole derivatives as hsp90 inhibitors
AU2013243381A1 (en) 2012-04-04 2014-10-09 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Novel triazole compounds that modulate Hsp90 activity
JP2015516439A (en) 2012-05-10 2015-06-11 シンタ ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレーション Treating cancer with Hsp90-inhibiting compounds
US10155987B2 (en) 2012-06-12 2018-12-18 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods of predicting resistance to JAK inhibitor therapy
WO2014063080A1 (en) 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Treating polycystic kidney disease with hsp90 inhibitory compounds
CA2912830A1 (en) 2013-05-21 2014-11-27 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Specific cancer treatment regimens with ganetespib
US20160324863A1 (en) 2014-01-17 2016-11-10 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Targeted cancer treatment by hsp90 inhibitors ganetespib and nvp-auy922

Patent Citations (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3536809A (en) 1969-02-17 1970-10-27 Alza Corp Medication method
US3598123A (en) 1969-04-01 1971-08-10 Alza Corp Bandage for administering drugs
US3845770A (en) 1972-06-05 1974-11-05 Alza Corp Osmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US3916899A (en) 1973-04-25 1975-11-04 Alza Corp Osmotic dispensing device with maximum and minimum sizes for the passageway
US4008719A (en) 1976-02-02 1977-02-22 Alza Corporation Osmotic system having laminar arrangement for programming delivery of active agent
US5354556A (en) 1984-10-30 1994-10-11 Elan Corporation, Plc Controlled release powder and process for its preparation
US5073543A (en) 1988-07-21 1991-12-17 G. D. Searle & Co. Controlled release formulations of trophic factors in ganglioside-lipsome vehicle
US5059595A (en) 1989-03-22 1991-10-22 Bioresearch, S.P.A. Pharmaceutical compositions containing 5-methyltetrahydrofolic acid, 5-formyltetrahydrofolic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts in controlled-release form active in the therapy of organic mental disturbances
US5120548A (en) 1989-11-07 1992-06-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Swelling modulated polymeric drug delivery device
US5733566A (en) 1990-05-15 1998-03-31 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics Inc. Ii Controlled release of antiparasitic agents in animals
US5639476A (en) 1992-01-27 1997-06-17 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Controlled release formulations coated with aqueous dispersions of acrylic polymers
US5591767A (en) 1993-01-25 1997-01-07 Pharmetrix Corporation Liquid reservoir transdermal patch for the administration of ketorolac
US5529925A (en) 1993-12-03 1996-06-25 St. Jude Children's Research Hospital Nucleic acid sequences and fusion proteins present in human t(2;5) lymphoma
US5770421A (en) 1993-12-03 1998-06-23 St. Jude Children's Research Hospital Human ALK protein tyrosine kinase
US5674533A (en) 1994-07-07 1997-10-07 Recordati, S.A., Chemical And Pharmaceutical Company Pharmaceutical composition for the controlled release of moguisteine in a liquid suspension
US20060167070A1 (en) 2004-11-18 2006-07-27 Weiwen Ying Triazole compounds that modulate Hsp90 activity
US7700339B2 (en) 2006-04-14 2010-04-20 Cell Signaling Technology, Inc. Gene defects and mutant ALK kinase in human solid tumors
WO2009023211A1 (en) 2007-08-13 2009-02-19 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Triazole compounds that modulate hsp90 activity
US20110110923A1 (en) 2008-02-12 2011-05-12 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Fish assay for eml4 and alk fusion in lung cancer
WO2011133521A2 (en) * 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Cancer therapy using a combination of a hsp90 inhibitory compounds and a vegf inhibitor
WO2011149824A1 (en) * 2010-05-24 2011-12-01 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Cancer therapy using a combination of a hsp90 inhibitory compound and a topoisomerase ii inhibitor

Non-Patent Citations (60)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"BURGER'S MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY AND DRUG DISCOVERY", 1995, pages: 172 - 178,949-
"GOODMAN & GILMAN'S THE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS OF BASIS OF THERAPEUTICS 9", 1996, MC-GRAW-HILL
"PHYSICIAN'S DESK REFERENCE", 2003, MEDICAL ECONOMICS CO., INC.
ANDERSON, EXPERT REV. MOL. DIAGN., vol. 11, no. 6, 2011, pages 635 - 642
ARKENAU H-T ET AL: "Targeting BRAF for patients with melanoma", BRITISH JOURNAL OF CANCER, vol. 104, no. 3, February 2011 (2011-02-01), pages 392 - 398, XP002689638 *
BAKER ET AL.: "CONTROLLED RELEASE OF BIOLOGICAL ACTIVE AGENTS", 1986, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
BALSCHUN ET AL., EXPERT REV. MOL. DIAGN., vol. 11, no. 8, 2011, pages 799 - 802
BEERAM ET AL., JOURNAL OF CLINICAL ONCOLOGY, vol. 23, no. 27, 2005, pages 6771 - 6790
DIAS ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 65, no. 23, 2005, pages 10686 - 10691
FINBERG ET AL., MOL. DIAGNOSTICS, vol. 9, no. 3, 2007, pages 320 - 26
FLAHERTY, K.T. ET AL.: "Inhibition of Mutated, Activated BRAF in Metastatic Melanoma", NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE., vol. 363, no. 9, pages 809 - 819, XP009183149, DOI: doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1002011
GILLIAND ET AL., CURR. OPIN. HEMATOL., vol. 9, 2002, pages 274 - 81
GILLILAND ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 100, 2002, pages 1532 - 42
GLEASON BC; HORNICK JL., J CLIN PATHOL, vol. 61, no. 4, April 2008 (2008-04-01), pages 428 - 37
GULLICK, BR. MED. BULL., vol. 47, 1991, pages 87 - 98
HAYAKAWA ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 19, 2000, pages 624
JIANG ET AL., CRIT. REV. ONCOL. HEMATOL., vol. 29, 1999, pages 209 - 248
JIMENO ET AL., J. CLIN. ONCOL., vol. 27, 2009, pages 1130 - 1135
JOHANNESSEN, C.M. ET AL.: "COT drives resistance to RAF inhibition through MAP kinase pathway reactivation", NATURE, vol. 468, no. 7326, pages 968 - 72, XP002633499, DOI: doi:10.1038/NATURE09627
JOHN ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 28, 2009, pages S14 - S23
KOIVUNEN ET AL., CLIN. CAN. RES., vol. 14, 2008, pages 4275 - 4283
LAMANT L ET AL., GENES CHROMOSOMES CANCER., vol. 37, no. 4, August 2003 (2003-08-01), pages 427 - 32
LAMY ET AL., MODERN PATHOLOGY, vol. 24, 2011, pages 1090 - 1100
LEI ET AL., ANTI- CANCER RES., vol. 19, 1999, pages 221 - 28
LI R; MORRIS SW., MED RES REV., vol. 28, no. 3, May 2008 (2008-05-01), pages 372 - 412
MA ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 274, 1999, pages 13399 - 13402
MA ET AL., J. INVEST DERMATOL., vol. 112, 1999, pages 165 - 170
MANO H., CANCER SCI., vol. 99, no. 12, December 2008 (2008-12-01), pages 2349 - 55
MASSARELLI ET AL., CLIN CANCER RES, vol. 13, 2007, pages 2890 - 2896
MCKENNA ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 95, 2000, pages 3489 - 497
MIZUKI ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 96, 2000, pages 3907
MODIJTAHEDI; DEAN, INT. J. ONCOL., vol. 4, 1994, pages 277 - 96
NAZARIAN, R. ET AL.: "Melanomas acquire resistance to B-RAF(V600E) inhibition by RTK or N-RAS upregulation", NATURE, vol. 468, no. 7326, pages 973 - 7
NEHS M A ET AL: "PLX4720 induces tumor regression, reverses cachexia, and extends survival in a mouse model of late-stage anaplastic thyroid cancer", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN COLLEGE OF SURGEONS, COLLEGE, CHICAGO, IL, US, vol. 211, no. 3, 1 September 2010 (2010-09-01), pages S124, XP027243917, ISSN: 1072-7515, [retrieved on 20100826] *
OKUDELA ET AL., PATHOLOGY INTERNATIONAL, vol. 60, 2010, pages 651 - 660
PALMER ET AL., BIOCHEM. J., 2009, pages 345 - 361
PARAISO KIM H T ET AL: "The HSP90 Inhibitor XL888 Overcomes BRAF Inhibitor Resistance Mediated through Diverse Mechanisms", CLINICAL CANCER RESEARCH, vol. 18, no. 9, May 2012 (2012-05-01), pages 2502 - 2514, XP002689637, ISSN: 1078-0432(print) *
PAUL B. CHAPMAN ET AL: "Improved Survival with Vemurafenib in Melanoma with BRAF V600E Mutation", NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, vol. 364, no. 26, 30 June 2011 (2011-06-30), pages 2507 - 2516, XP055046207, ISSN: 0028-4793, DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa1103782 *
PINTO ET AL., CANCER GENETICS, vol. 204, 2011, pages 439 - 446
PULFORD ET AL., J. CELL PHYSIOL., vol. 199, no. 3, 2004, pages 330 - 358
QIU ET AL., EMBO. J., vol. 7, 1988, pages 1003 - 1011
RASKO ET AL., LEUKEMIA, vol. 9, 1995, pages 2058 - 66
REKHTMAN ET AL., CLIN CANCER RES, vol. 18, 2012, pages 1167 - 1176
REMINGTON, J. P.: "REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES", 1985, MACK PUB. CO.
ROSNET ET AL., ACTA HAEMATOL., vol. 95, 1996, pages 218
ROSNET ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 82, 1993, pages 1110 - 19
ROSNET ET AL., LEUKEMIA, vol. 10, 1996, pages 238 - 48
RUDZKI Z ET AL., POL J PATHOL., vol. 56, no. 1, 2005, pages 37 - 45
SALOMON ET AL., CRIT. REV. ONCOL. HEMATOL., vol. 19, 1995, pages 183 - 232
SMALL ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 91, 1994, pages 459 - 63
T. W. GREENE: "PROTECTING GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS", 1981, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
TAKEUCHI K ET AL., CLIN CANCER RES., vol. 15, no. 9, 1 May 2009 (2009-05-01), pages 3143 - 9
VAKIANI ET AL., J PATHOL, vol. 223, 2011, pages 219 - 229
VAN KRIEKEN ET AL., VIRCHOWS ARCHIV., vol. 453, 2008, pages 417 - 431
VAN ROY N ET AL., GENOME MED, vol. 1, no. 7, 27 July 2009 (2009-07-27), pages 7
VEALE ET AL., BR. J. CANCER, vol. 68, 1993, pages 162 - 65
WEBB TR ET AL., EXPERT REV ANTICANCER THER, vol. 9, no. 3, March 2009 (2009-03-01), pages 331 - 56
XING, M., ENDOCRINE-RELATED CANCER, vol. 12, 2005, pages 245 - 262
YARDEN ET AL., EMBO. J., vol. 11, 1987, pages 3341 - 3351
YOKOTA ET AL., LEUKEMIA, vol. 11, 1997, pages 1605 - 09

Cited By (54)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10351568B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2019-07-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Compositions and methods for enhancing proteasome activity
US9556166B2 (en) 2011-05-12 2017-01-31 Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. Proteostasis regulators
US10532996B2 (en) 2011-05-12 2020-01-14 Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. Proteostasis regulators
WO2014107718A3 (en) * 2013-01-07 2014-12-18 H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center And Research Institute, Inc. Heat shock protein (hsp) inhibition and monitoring effectiveness thereof
WO2014107718A2 (en) * 2013-01-07 2014-07-10 H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center And Research Institute, Inc. Heat shock protein (hsp) inhibition and monitoring effectiveness thereof
US9849135B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2017-12-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College USP14 inhibitors for treating or preventing viral infections
US11958873B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2024-04-16 Kineta, Inc. Proteasome activity enhancing compounds
US9850262B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2017-12-26 Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. Proteasome activity enhancing compounds
US11242361B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2022-02-08 Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. Proteasome activity enhancing compounds
JP2015114312A (en) * 2013-12-16 2015-06-22 日本化薬株式会社 Method of predicting antitumor effect of hsp90 inhibitor in cancer treatment
WO2015093291A1 (en) * 2013-12-16 2015-06-25 日本化薬株式会社 Method for predicting antitumor efficacy of hsp90 inhibitor in cancer treatment
EP3082800A4 (en) * 2013-12-20 2017-07-05 Biomed Valley Discoveries, Inc. Cancer treatment using combinations of erk and raf inhibitors
EP4043017A1 (en) * 2013-12-20 2022-08-17 Biomed Valley Discoveries, Inc. Cancer treatment using combinations of erk and raf inhibitors
JP2017502017A (en) * 2013-12-20 2017-01-19 バイオメッド バレー ディスカバリーズ,インコーポレイティド Cancer treatment using combinations of ERK inhibitors and RAF inhibitors
AU2014368906B2 (en) * 2013-12-20 2020-04-30 Biomed Valley Discoveries, Inc. Cancer treatment using combinations of ERK and RAF inhibitors
WO2015095819A2 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Biomed Valley Discoveries, Inc. Cancer treatment using combinations of erk and raf inhibitors
US10668055B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2020-06-02 Biomed Valley Discoveries, Inc. Cancer treatment using combinations of ERK and RAF inhibitors
US10647707B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2020-05-12 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as ERBB tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
US10683304B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2020-06-16 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as ERBB tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
US11242352B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2022-02-08 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as ERBB tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
US10005765B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2018-06-26 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as ERBB tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
US11787788B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2023-10-17 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives, and pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof
US11713322B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2023-08-01 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as ERBB tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
US10202398B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2019-02-12 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as ERBB tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2016024232A1 (en) 2014-08-11 2016-02-18 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of a btk inhibitor, a pi3k inhibitor, a jak-2 inhibitor and/or a cdk 4/6 inhibitor
WO2016024228A1 (en) 2014-08-11 2016-02-18 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of a btk inhibitor, a pi3k inhibitor, a jak-2 inhibitor, a pd-1 inhibitor and/or a pd-l1 inhibitor
WO2016024231A1 (en) 2014-08-11 2016-02-18 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of a btk inhibitor, a pi3k inhibitor, a jak-2 inhibitor, a pd-1 inhibitor and/or a pd-l1 inhibitor
WO2016024230A1 (en) 2014-08-11 2016-02-18 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of a btk inhibitor, a pi3k inhibitor, a jak-2 inhibitor, and/or a bcl-2 inhibitor
US9573936B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2017-02-21 Amgen Inc. Triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US10344016B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2019-07-09 Amgen Inc. Bromotriazole intermediates
US10221162B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2019-03-05 Amgen Inc. Triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US10058550B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2018-08-28 Amgen Inc. Methods of treating heart failure
US9845310B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2017-12-19 Amgen Inc. Intermediates for preparing triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US9868721B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2018-01-16 Amgen Inc. Triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US9751864B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2017-09-05 Amgen Inc. Methods for preparing triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US9745286B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2017-08-29 Amgen Inc. Triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US9656997B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2017-05-23 Amgen Inc. Triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US9656998B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2017-05-23 Amgen Inc. Intermediates for preparing triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US10590108B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2020-03-17 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazoles for use in the treatment of cancer and inflammatory diseases
US11427565B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2022-08-30 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazoles for use in the treatment of cancer and inflammatory diseases
US10150760B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2018-12-11 Amgen Inc. Compounds for use in preparing heterocyclic triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US9988369B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2018-06-05 Amgen Inc. Heterocyclic triazole compounds as agonists of the APJ receptor
US10689367B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2020-06-23 Amgen Inc. Triazole pyridyl compounds as agonists of the APJ receptor
US11046680B1 (en) 2016-11-16 2021-06-29 Amgen Inc. Heteroaryl-substituted triazoles as APJ receptor agonists
US11191762B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2021-12-07 Amgen Inc. Alkyl substituted triazole compounds as agonists of the APJ Receptor
US10906890B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2021-02-02 Amgen Inc. Triazole phenyl compounds as agonists of the APJ receptor
US11020395B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2021-06-01 Amgen Inc. Cycloalkyl substituted triazole compounds as agonists of the APJ receptor
US10736883B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2020-08-11 Amgen Inc. Triazole furan compounds as agonists of the APJ receptor
US11040027B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2021-06-22 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
WO2018167107A1 (en) * 2017-03-15 2018-09-20 Les Hopitaux Universitaires De Geneve AGENTS ENHANCING HuR/ELAV PROTEIN LEVELS FOR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF BRAF-MUTATED CANCERS
US10772875B2 (en) 2017-03-15 2020-09-15 Les Hopitaux Universitaires De Geneve Agents enhancing HuR/ELAV protein levels for use in the treatment of BRAF-mutated cancers
EP3375455A1 (en) * 2017-03-15 2018-09-19 Les Hôpitaux Universitaires de Genève Agents enhancing hur/elav protein levels for use in the treatment of braf-mutated cancers
US11149040B2 (en) 2017-11-03 2021-10-19 Amgen Inc. Fused triazole agonists of the APJ receptor
US11807624B2 (en) 2018-05-01 2023-11-07 Amgen Inc. Substituted pyrimidinones as agonists of the APJ receptor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2854188A1 (en) 2013-05-23
AU2012339679A1 (en) 2014-06-12
US20140256680A1 (en) 2014-09-11
EP2780010A1 (en) 2014-09-24
JP2014533299A (en) 2014-12-11
US9402831B2 (en) 2016-08-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10500193B2 (en) Combination therapy of HSP90 inhibitors with platinum-containing agents
US9402831B2 (en) Combination therapy of HSP90 inhibitors with BRAF inhibitors
US9439899B2 (en) Cancer therapy using a combination of HSP90 inhibitors with topoisomerase I inhibitors
AU2011302344B2 (en) HSP90 inhibitors for treating non-small cell lung cancers in wild-type EGFR and/or KRAS patients
US20130171105A1 (en) Cancer therapy using a combination of a hsp90 inhibitory compound and a topoisomerase ii inhibitor
US20140315943A1 (en) Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitory compounds with mtor/p13k inhibitors
EP2714039A1 (en) Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitory compounds with mek inhibitors
EP2849751A1 (en) Treating cancer with hsp90 inhibitory compounds
EP2729144A2 (en) Treating cancer with hsp90 inhibitory compounds
WO2012162584A1 (en) Combination therapy of hsp90 inhibitory compounds with chk inhibitors
EP2560640A1 (en) Cancer therapy using a combination of a hsp90 inhibitory compounds and a egfr inhibitor
AU2011255438A1 (en) Method of treating lung adenocarcinoma with Hsp90 inhibitory compounds

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12794829

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2854188

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14356232

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014542393

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012794829

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2012339679

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20121114

Kind code of ref document: A